UPD78F4928 [ETC]

UPD784915.784928.784928Y Subseries VCR Servo Basics | Application Note[03/1998] ; UPD784915.784928.784928Y子系列录像机伺服基础|应用指南[ 03/1998 ]\n
UPD78F4928
型号: UPD78F4928
厂家: ETC    ETC
描述:

UPD784915.784928.784928Y Subseries VCR Servo Basics | Application Note[03/1998]
UPD784915.784928.784928Y子系列录像机伺服基础|应用指南[ 03/1998 ]\n

录像机 光电二极管
文件: 总223页 (文件大小:697K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Application Note  
µPD784915, 784928, 784928Y  
Subseries  
16-bit Single-chip Microcontrollers  
VCR Servo Basics  
µPD784915  
µPD784927  
µPD784927Y  
µPD784915A µPD78F4928 µPD78F4928Y  
µPD784916A  
µPD784915B  
µPD784916B  
µPD78P4916  
Document No. U11361EJ3V0AN00 (3rd edition)  
Date Published March 1998 N CP(K)  
©
1996  
Printed in Japan  
[MEMO]  
2
NOTES FOR CMOS DEVICES  
1
PRECAUTION AGAINST ESD FOR SEMICONDUCTORS  
Note:  
Strong electric field, when exposed to a MOS device, can cause destruction of the gate oxide and  
ultimately degrade the device operation. Steps must be taken to stop generation of static electricity  
as much as possible, and quickly dissipate it once, when it has occurred. Environmental control  
must be adequate. When it is dry, humidifier should be used. It is recommended to avoid using  
insulators that easily build static electricity. Semiconductor devices must be stored and transported  
in an anti-static container, static shielding bag or conductive material. All test and measurement  
tools including work bench and floor should be grounded. The operator should be grounded using  
wrist strap. Semiconductor devices must not be touched with bare hands. Similar precautions need  
to be taken for PW boards with semiconductor devices on it.  
2
HANDLING OF UNUSED INPUT PINS FOR CMOS  
Note:  
No connection for CMOS device inputs can be cause of malfunction. If no connection is provided  
to the input pins, it is possible that an internal input level may be generated due to noise, etc., hence  
causing malfunction. CMOS devices behave differently than Bipolar or NMOS devices. Input levels  
of CMOS devices must be fixed high or low by using a pull-up or pull-down circuitry. Each unused  
pin should be connected to VDD or GND with a resistor, if it is considered to have a possibility of  
being an output pin. All handling related to the unused pins must be judged device by device and  
related specifications governing the devices.  
3
STATUS BEFORE INITIALIZATION OF MOS DEVICES  
Note:  
Power-on does not necessarily define initial status of MOS device. Production process of MOS  
does not define the initial operation status of the device. Immediately after the power source is  
turned ON, the devices with reset function have not yet been initialized. Hence, power-on does  
not guarantee out-pin levels, I/O settings or contents of registers. Device is not initialized until the  
reset signal is received. Reset operation must be executed immediately after power-on for devices  
having reset function.  
3
The export of these products from Japan is regulated by the Japanese government. The export of some or all of these  
products may be prohibited without governmental license. To export or re-export some or all of these products from a  
country other than Japan may also be prohibited without a license from that country. Please call an NEC sales  
representative.  
The application circuits and their parameters are for reference only and are not intended for use in actual design-ins.  
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.  
No part of this document may be copied or reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior written  
consent of NEC Corporation. NEC Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors which may appear in  
this document.  
NEC Corporation does not assume any liability for infringement of patents, copyrights or other intellectual property  
rights of third parties by or arising from use of a device described herein or any other liability arising from use  
of such device. No license, either express, implied or otherwise, is granted under any patents, copyrights or other  
intellectual property rights of NEC Corporation or others.  
While NEC Corporation has been making continuous effort to enhance the reliability of its semiconductor devices,  
the possibility of defects cannot be eliminated entirely. To minimize risks of damage or injury to persons or  
property arising from a defect in an NEC semiconductor device, customers must incorporate sufficient safety  
measures in its design, such as redundancy, fire-containment, and anti-failure features.  
NEC devices are classified into the following three quality grades:  
"Standard", "Special", and "Specific". The Specific quality grade applies only to devices developed based on a  
customer designated “quality assurance program“ for a specific application. The recommended applications of  
a device depend on its quality grade, as indicated below. Customers must check the quality grade of each device  
before using it in a particular application.  
Standard: Computers, office equipment, communications equipment, test and measurement equipment,  
audio and visual equipment, home electronic appliances, machine tools, personal electronic  
equipment and industrial robots  
Special: Transportation equipment (automobiles, trains, ships, etc.), traffic control systems, anti-disaster  
systems, anti-crime systems, safety equipment and medical equipment (not specifically designed  
for life support)  
Specific: Aircrafts, aerospace equipment, submersible repeaters, nuclear reactor control systems, life  
support systems or medical equipment for life support, etc.  
The quality grade of NEC devices is "Standard" unless otherwise specified in NEC's Data Sheets or Data Books.  
If customers intend to use NEC devices for applications other than those specified for Standard quality grade,  
they should contact an NEC sales representative in advance.  
Anti-radioactive design is not implemented in this product.  
M7 96.5  
4
Regional Information  
Some information contained in this document may vary from country to country. Before using any NEC  
product in your application, please contact the NEC office in your country to obtain a list of authorized  
representatives and distributors. They will verify:  
• Device availability  
• Ordering information  
• Product release schedule  
• Availability of related technical literature  
• Development environment specifications (for example, specifications for third-party tools and  
components, host computers, power plugs, AC supply voltages, and so forth)  
• Network requirements  
In addition, trademarks, registered trademarks, export restrictions, and other legal issues may also vary  
from country to country.  
NEC Electronics Inc. (U.S.)  
Santa Clara, California  
Tel: 408-588-6000  
800-366-9782  
NEC Electronics Hong Kong Ltd.  
Hong Kong  
Tel: 2886-9318  
NEC Electronics (Germany) GmbH  
Benelux Office  
Eindhoven, The Netherlands  
Tel: 040-2445845  
Fax: 2886-9022/9044  
Fax: 408-588-6130  
800-729-9288  
Fax: 040-2444580  
NEC Electronics Hong Kong Ltd.  
Seoul Branch  
Seoul, Korea  
Tel: 02-528-0303  
Fax: 02-528-4411  
NEC Electronics (France) S.A.  
Velizy-Villacoublay, France  
Tel: 01-30-67 58 00  
NEC Electronics (Germany) GmbH  
Duesseldorf, Germany  
Tel: 0211-65 03 02  
Fax: 01-30-67 58 99  
Fax: 0211-65 03 490  
NEC Electronics Singapore Pte. Ltd.  
United Square, Singapore 1130  
Tel: 65-253-8311  
NEC Electronics (France) S.A.  
Spain Office  
Madrid, Spain  
NEC Electronics (UK) Ltd.  
Milton Keynes, UK  
Tel: 01908-691-133  
Fax: 65-250-3583  
Tel: 01-504-2787  
Fax: 01908-670-290  
Fax: 01-504-2860  
NEC Electronics Taiwan Ltd.  
Taipei, Taiwan  
Tel: 02-719-2377  
NEC Electronics Italiana s.r.1.  
Milano, Italy  
NEC Electronics (Germany) GmbH  
Scandinavia Office  
Tel: 02-66 75 41  
Fax: 02-719-5951  
Taeby, Sweden  
Fax: 02-66 75 42 99  
Tel: 08-63 80 820  
NEC do Brasil S.A.  
Cumbica-Guarulhos-SP, Brasil  
Tel: 011-6465-6810  
Fax: 08-63 80 388  
Fax: 011-6465-6829  
J98. 2  
5
Major Revisions in This Edition  
Page  
Throughout  
Introduction  
p. 15  
Description  
The µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries and the µPD784915B, 784916B are added.  
Document numbers of related documents are added or corrected.  
CHAPTER 1 OUTLINE OF NEC VCR SERVO MICROCONTROLLER PRODUCTS is added.  
Table 2-1 Differences among µPD784915 Subseries Products is added.  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES is added.  
p. 19  
p. 25  
The mark shows major revised points.  
6
INTRODUCTION  
Readers  
This application note is intended for user engineers who understand the functions of  
the µPD784915, 784928, 784928Y Subseries and wish to design and develop its  
application systems and programs.  
Purpose  
The purpose of this application note is to help users understand the hardware capa-  
bilities of the target device using application examples.  
Organization  
The main topics of this application note are listed below.  
Outline of µPD784915 Subseries  
Outline of µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries  
Outline of VCR servo  
Servo control examples of stationary VCR  
Analog circuit  
VISS  
How to Read This Manual  
It is assumed that the readers of this manual have a general knowledge of electronics,  
logical circuits, and microcontrollers. Moreover, readers should also have a general  
knowledge of VCRs and servo control.  
When there are no functional differences in the products, the application note men-  
tions the µPD784915 Subseries as the representative subseries and the µPD784915  
as the representative version, although its descriptions also apply to the versions  
other than the µPD784915.  
Quality Grade  
Legends  
Standard (for general electronic appliances)  
Data significance  
Active low  
Note  
: Left: higher digit, right: lower digit  
: ××× (top bar over pin or signal name)  
: Footnote explaining items marked with “Note”  
in the text  
Caution  
: Description of point that requires particular  
attention  
Remark  
: Supplementary information  
: Binary ... ××××B or ××××  
Decimal ... ××××  
Numerical representation  
Hexadecimal ... ××××H  
Easily confused characters : 0 (zero), O (uppercase letter “o”)  
1 (one), l (lowercase of letter “L”),  
I (uppercase of letter “i”)  
7
Related Documents  
The related documents indicated in this publication may include preliminary versions.  
However, preliminary versions are not marked as such.  
Device related documents  
Document Number  
Document Name  
Japanese  
English  
µPD784915 Data Sheet  
U11044J  
U11044E  
µPD784915A, 784916A Data Sheet  
U11022J  
U11930J  
U11045J  
U10976J  
U10444J  
U12255J  
U12188J  
U12798J  
U12373J  
U12271J  
U12719J  
U12648J  
U11361J  
U10905J  
U10594J  
U10595J  
U10095J  
U11022E  
To be prepared  
U11045E  
µPD784915B, 784916B Data Sheet  
µPD78P4916 Data Sheet  
µPD784915 Subseries Special Function Register Table  
µPD784915 Subseries User’s Manual  
U10444E  
To be prepared  
U12188E  
µPD784927 Data Sheet  
µPD78F4928 Preliminary Product Information  
µPD784928 Subseries Special Function Register Table  
µPD784927Y Data Sheet  
U12373E  
U12271E  
µPD78F4928Y Preliminary Product Information  
µPD784928Y Subseries Special Function Register Table  
µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries User’s Manual  
µPD784915, 784928, 784928Y Subseries Application Note — VCR Servo Basics  
78K/IV Series User’s Manual — Instruction  
78K/IV Series Instruction Table  
U12648E  
This manual  
U10905E  
78K/IV Series Instruction Set  
78K/IV Series Application Note — Software Basics  
U10095E  
Register Format  
7
6
1
5
0
4
3
2
1
1
0
0
Bit number that is circled indicates that it is a  
reserved word in the RA78K4 and sfr variable  
with #pragma sfr instruction in the CC78K4, and  
it is defined with a file.  
EDC  
B
×
A
×
Write operation  
Write 0 or 1.  
Read operation  
Read 0 or 1.  
Neither value affects  
operation.  
Write 0.  
Write 1.  
Register name  
Write the value corres-  
Read a value according  
ponding to a function to use. to operation status.  
Never write a combination of codes marked “setting prohibited” in the register formats in the text.  
8
CONTENTS  
CHAPTER 1 OUTLINE OF NEC VCR SERVO MICROCONTROLLER PRODUCTS ......................... 15  
1.1 Outline .............................................................................................................................. 15  
1.2 Features............................................................................................................................ 17  
CHAPTER 2 OUTLINE OF µPD784915 SUBSERIES ......................................................................... 19  
2.1 Features and Application Fields .................................................................................... 20  
2.2 Pin Configuration (Top View) ......................................................................................... 21  
2.3 Block Diagram.................................................................................................................. 23  
2.4 Outline of Functions ........................................................................................................ 24  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES......................................................... 25  
3.1 Features and Application Fields .................................................................................... 26  
3.2 Pin Configuration (Top View) ......................................................................................... 27  
3.3 Internal Block Diagram.................................................................................................... 29  
3.4 Outline of Functions ........................................................................................................ 30  
3.5 Differences among µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries and µPD784915 Subseries ...... 32  
CHAPTER 4 OUTLINE OF VCR SERVO SYSTEM ............................................................................. 33  
4.1 Outline of Software Servo............................................................................................... 33  
4.2 Servo Control of VCR ...................................................................................................... 34  
4.3 Servo for Recording ........................................................................................................ 36  
4.4 Servo for Playback .......................................................................................................... 36  
4.5 Motor to be Used ............................................................................................................. 37  
4.6 VCR Control Systems...................................................................................................... 38  
4.7 VCR Servo System Control............................................................................................. 38  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL ................................... 39  
5.1 Examples of System Configuration ............................................................................... 39  
5.2 Outline of System ............................................................................................................ 41  
5.3 Using Example of Super Timer Unit............................................................................... 43  
5.4 Head Switching Signal Generation ................................................................................ 46  
5.4.1 Internal head switching signal (HSW-N) generation.............................................................. 46  
5.4.2 Head switching signal (V-HSW) generation .......................................................................... 48  
5.4.3 Audio head switching signal (A-HSW) generation................................................................. 54  
5.5 Drum Speed Control........................................................................................................ 58  
5.6 Drum Phase Control ........................................................................................................ 60  
5.6.1 Phase reference .................................................................................................................... 60  
5.6.2 Drum phase control for playback ........................................................................................... 69  
5.6.3 Drum phase control for recording .......................................................................................... 74  
5.7 Capstan Speed Control ................................................................................................... 79  
5.8 Capstan Phase Control ................................................................................................... 83  
5.8.1 Capstan phase control for playback ...................................................................................... 83  
5.8.2 Capstan phase control for recording ..................................................................................... 90  
5.9 Recording Control Signal Generation ........................................................................... 94  
5.10 Quasi Vertical Synchronizing Signal (Quasi-VSYNC) Generation ................................. 100  
9
5.11 Treatment of Servo Error Amount.................................................................................. 103  
5.11.1 Drum control system processing ........................................................................................... 103  
5.11.2 Capstan control system processing ...................................................................................... 107  
5.12 Compensation Filter ........................................................................................................ 112  
5.12.1 Filter types ............................................................................................................................. 112  
5.12.2 Biprimary conversion method ................................................................................................ 113  
5.12.3 Digital filter designing method ............................................................................................... 119  
5.12.4 Primary IIR type digital filter transfer function ........................................................................ 120  
5.12.5 Lag-lead filter configuration method ...................................................................................... 121  
5.12.6 Filter processing method ....................................................................................................... 124  
CHAPTER 6 CTL AMPLIFIER ............................................................................................................. 127  
6.1 CTL Amplifier Auto Gain Control Processing............................................................... 127  
6.1.1 CTL amplifier auto gain control method ................................................................................ 129  
6.1.2 CTL amplifier auto gain control processing ........................................................................... 134  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION........................................................................................................... 137  
7.1 What is VISS..................................................................................................................... 137  
7.2 VISS Detection ................................................................................................................. 138  
7.2.1 VISS detection method.......................................................................................................... 138  
7.2.2 VISS detection processing .................................................................................................... 142  
7.3 VISS Rewrite .................................................................................................................... 147  
7.3.1 VISS rewrite method ............................................................................................................. 147  
7.3.2 VISS rewrite processing ........................................................................................................ 149  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST .............................................................................................................. 151  
APPENDIX REVISION HISTORY.......................................................................................................... 221  
10  
LIST OF FIGURES (1/2)  
Figure No.  
4-1  
Title  
Page  
Track Pattern on Video Tape ............................................................................................................ 35  
5-1  
Application to Stationary Type VCR .................................................................................................. 40  
Software Digital Servo System Block Diagram ................................................................................. 42  
Super Timer Unit Block Diagram ...................................................................................................... 44  
Use of Event Counter (EC) ............................................................................................................... 46  
Event Counter (EC) Operation Timing .............................................................................................. 47  
Use of Timer 0................................................................................................................................... 49  
Head Switching Signal (V-HSW) Timing (PTO00) ............................................................................ 50  
Input Control Register (ICR) Format (when generating V-HSW) ...................................................... 51  
Timer 0 Output Mode Register (TOM0) Format (when generating V-HSW) ..................................... 52  
Timer 0 Output Control Register (TOC0) Format (when generating V-HSW)................................... 52  
Timer Control Register 0 (TMC0) Format (when generating V-HSW) .............................................. 53  
Assigning A-HSW to Timer 0 ............................................................................................................ 54  
V-HSW and A-HSW Timings............................................................................................................. 55  
Timer 0 Output Mode Register (TOM0) Format (when generating A-HSW) ..................................... 55  
Timer 0 Output Control Register (TOC0) Format (when generating A-HSW)................................... 56  
Timer Control Register 0 (TMC0) Format (when generating A-HSW) .............................................. 57  
Drum Speed Error Amount Detection Method .................................................................................. 58  
Drum Speed Control Timings ............................................................................................................ 59  
Timer 1 Peripheral Circuit ................................................................................................................. 61  
Example of Timer 1 Operation Timings (for playback)...................................................................... 63  
Timer Control Register 0 (TMC0) Format (drum phase control for playback)................................... 64  
Example of Timer 1 Operation Timings (for recording) ..................................................................... 67  
Timer Control Register 0 (TMC0) Format (drum phase control for recording) .................................. 68  
Use of Timer for Drum Phase Control (for playback) ........................................................................ 69  
Drum Phase Control Timing (for playback) ....................................................................................... 70  
Capture Mode Register (CPTM) Format ........................................................................................... 73  
Use of Timer for Drum Phase Control (for recording) ....................................................................... 75  
Drum Phase Control Timing (for recording) ...................................................................................... 76  
Capture Mode Register (CPTM) Format ........................................................................................... 77  
Capstan Speed Detection Method .................................................................................................... 81  
Capstan Speed Control Timing ......................................................................................................... 82  
Model of Capstan Phase Control ...................................................................................................... 83  
Capstan Phase Error Detection Method (for playback) .................................................................... 85  
Capture Mode Register (CPTM) Format ........................................................................................... 86  
Capstan Phase Control Timing (playback mode, phase locked) ...................................................... 87  
Capstan Phase Control Timing (playback mode, phase delayed) .................................................... 88  
Capstan Phase Control Timing (playback mode, phase advanced) ................................................. 89  
Capstan Phase Error Detection Method (for recording).................................................................... 91  
Capture Mode Register (CPTM) Format ........................................................................................... 92  
Capstan Phase Control Timing (for recording) ................................................................................. 93  
Connection of µPD784915 and Control Head................................................................................... 95  
5-2  
5-3  
5-4  
5-5  
5-6  
5-7  
5-8  
5-9  
5-10  
5-11  
5-12  
5-13  
5-14  
5-15  
5-16  
5-17  
5-18  
5-19  
5-20  
5-21  
5-22  
5-23  
5-24  
5-25  
5-26  
5-27  
5-28  
5-29  
5-30  
5-31  
5-32  
5-33  
5-34  
5-35  
5-36  
5-37  
5-38  
5-39  
5-40  
5-41  
11  
LIST OF FIGURES (2/2)  
Figure No.  
Title  
Page  
5-42  
5-43  
5-44  
5-45  
5-46  
5-47  
5-48  
5-49  
5-50  
5-51  
5-52  
5-53  
5-54  
5-55  
5-56  
5-57  
5-58  
5-59  
RECCTL Driver Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... 95  
Example of RECCTL Signal Writing Operation Timings ................................................................... 96  
Timer 1 Output Mode Register (TOM1) Format ................................................................................ 98  
RECCTL Write Timing Using CR11 .................................................................................................. 99  
Quasi-VSYNC Waveform ..................................................................................................................... 101  
Middle Level Generation ................................................................................................................... 101  
Quasi-VSYNC Generation Timing ........................................................................................................ 102  
Drum Control System Configuration ................................................................................................. 103  
Trapezoidal Pattern for Error Value Detection (drum control system) .............................................. 104  
Capstan Control System Configuration............................................................................................. 107  
Trapezoidal Pattern for Error Value Detection (capstan control system) .......................................... 108  
Fold Error .......................................................................................................................................... 114  
Pole Location when Sampling Theorem is Satisfied ......................................................................... 115  
Pole Location when Sampling Theorem is Not Satisfied .................................................................. 115  
Mapping by Standard z Transform.................................................................................................... 116  
Mapping by Biprimary Transform ...................................................................................................... 118  
Primary IIR Type Digital Filter Block Diagram................................................................................... 120  
Lag-lead Filter Configuration and Characteristics ............................................................................. 121  
6-1  
6-2  
6-3  
6-4  
6-5  
6-6  
CTL Amplifier Configuration .............................................................................................................. 127  
Relationship between CTL Amplifier Output and Each Detection Level/Flag ................................... 128  
Gain Change Timing for PLAY or CUE/REV in Forward Direction ................................................... 130  
Gain Change Timing for PLAY or CUE/REV in Reverse Direction ................................................... 131  
Gain Change Timing for FF/REW in Forward Direction .................................................................... 132  
Gain Change Timing for FF/REW in Reverse Direction .................................................................... 133  
7-1  
7-2  
7-3  
7-4  
7-5  
7-6  
7-7  
7-8  
VISS Cue Code................................................................................................................................. 137  
VISS Detection Circuit (Pulse Width Detection Circuit) Configuration .............................................. 138  
Data Pattern Discrimination Mode Block Configuration .................................................................... 140  
Addressing and Data Setting in Data Pattern Discrimination Mode.................................................. 141  
INTCR12 Macro Service Processing in Forward Direction ............................................................... 145  
INTCR12 Macro Service Processing in Reverse Direction ............................................................... 146  
VISS Rewrite..................................................................................................................................... 147  
VISS = 1 Signal Rewrite Operation Timing Chart ............................................................................. 149  
12  
LIST OF TABLES  
Table No.  
2-1  
Title  
Page  
Differences among µPD784915 Subseries Products........................................................................ 19  
3-1  
3-2  
Differences among µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries Products ....................................................... 25  
Differences among µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries and µPD784915 Subseries .......................... 32  
5-1  
5-2  
5-3  
5-4  
Using Examples of Super Timer Unit ................................................................................................ 43  
RECCTL Driver REC Mode Sequence ............................................................................................. 95  
Capstan Loop Gain in Each Operation Mode ................................................................................... 110  
Capstan Bias Value in Each Operation Mode................................................................................... 111  
6-1  
CTL Detection Flag Read Value and CTL Amplifier Gain Adjustment .............................................. 128  
7-1  
7-2  
7-3  
VISS Data ......................................................................................................................................... 137  
RECCTL Driver Rewrite Mode Sequence......................................................................................... 148  
VISS Write Operation Timings .......................................................................................................... 150  
13  
[MEMO]  
14  
CHAPTER 1 OUTLINE OF NEC VCR SERVO MICROCONTROLLER PRODUCTS  
1.1 Outline  
NEC’s microcontrollers for VCR servos are 78K/IV Series products featuring a high-speed, high-performance 16-  
bit CPU that are improved versions of the 78K/I Series of 8-bit single-chip microcontrollers for VCR software servo  
control.  
Microcontrollers for VCR servo control comprise the following three subseries.  
µPD784915 Subseries  
µPD784928 Subseries  
µPD784928Y Subseries  
NEC’s lineup of microcontrollers for VCR servo control is shown below.  
The Y subseries support I2C bus specifications.  
Under mass production  
Under development  
78K/IV Series  
100-pin QFP. Internal flash memory  
µPD784928  
µPD784928Y  
Expanded on-chip memory capacity  
Enhanced analog amplifiers. Improved VCR functions. Increased number of I/Os.  
Large-current port added. I2C function added (Y products only).  
100-pin QFP  
µ
PD784915  
PD78148  
PD78138  
Expanded on-chip memory capacity  
On-chip analog amplifiers. Enhanced super timer.  
Low-power-dissipation mode added.  
78K/I Series  
100-pin QFP  
µ
Expanded on-chip RAM capacity. On-chip operational amplifier, clock function, multiplier.  
µ
80-pin QFP  
15  
CHAPTER 1 OUTLINE OF NEC VCR SERVO MICROCONTROLLER PRODUCTS  
Microcontrollers for VCR Servo Control  
µPD784915 Subseries  
Part Number µPD784915, 784915A,  
µPD784915B  
Mask ROM  
µPD784916A,  
µPD784916B  
µPD78P4916  
Parameter  
Internal ROM capacity  
One-time PROM  
48 Kbytes  
1280 bytes  
62 Kbytes  
Internal RAM capacity  
2048 bytes  
µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries  
Note  
Part Number  
µPD784927,  
µPD784927Y  
Mask ROM  
µPD78F4928  
,
Note  
Parameter  
µPD78F4928Y  
Internal ROM capacity  
Internal RAM capacity  
Flash memory  
128 Kbytes  
3584 bytes  
96 Kbytes  
2048 bytes  
Note Under development  
16  
CHAPTER 1 OUTLINE OF NEC VCR SERVO MICROCONTROLLER PRODUCTS  
1.2 Features  
In this section, the µPD784915 Subseries is explained as the representative subseries, which is enhanced,  
compared with the 78K/I Series, in the points mentioned below.  
(1) Equipped with the 78K/IV core, a 16-bit high-performance CPU  
The instruction set of the µPD784915 Subseries is perfectly upward-compatible with that of the existing 78K/  
I series. Therefore, the software assets of the 78K/I Series are effectively utilized.  
The 78K/IV Series supports 1-Mbyte linear address space, resulting in improved program handlability.  
Moreover, the instruction set of the 78K/IV Series has been greatly enhanced, and realizes high-speed servo  
arithmetic processing by using powerful multiplication and 16-bit transmit instructions.  
(2) Enhanced power management function  
The µPD784915 Subseries realizes internal 8 MHz (minimum instruction execution time = 250 ns) high-speed  
operation in 4.5 to 5.5 V voltage range in normal operation. Its CPU guarantees 4.0-V operation.  
Moreover, the µPD784915 Subseries is equipped with a low power consumption mode which enables CPU  
operation using 32.768-kHz subsystem clock. Selection of CPU clock dividing ratio is made possible by on-  
chip clock frequency dividing circuit. Since operation up to 2.7 V is guaranteed, reduction of the power  
consumption of the whole system is possible using these functions. The use of these functions in combination  
with the standby function realizes ultra low power consumption according to the operation conditions, that is,  
back-up supply voltage operation or battery operation.  
(3) Realizes low-frequency/high-speed operation for reducing radiation noise  
The µPD784915 Subseries provides a low-frequency oscillation mode which enables internal operation with  
the clock frequency equal to the external oscillation frequency. It realizes reduction of radiation noise by  
enabling high-speed operation with a frequency lower than that of conventional products.  
(4) On chip VCR servo control timer “Super Timer Unit”  
The super timer unit consists of six 16-bit timers, two 8-bit timers, and a 5-bit up/down counter for linear tape  
in addition to 22-bit free running counter (FRC) to carry out cycle measurement of various VCR motors.  
Therefore, VCR servo control by software can be performed easily.  
The µPD784915 is incorporated with special circuits such as VSYNC and HSYNC separation circuits required for  
VCR servo control in addition to three 16-bit resolution PWM outputs and three 8-bit resolution PWM outputs  
required for motor control.  
(5) On-chip analog circuits for VCR  
The analog circuits for VCR consist of a CTL amplifier to amplify record signals of the tape with any gain, a  
RECCTL driver required for writing CTL and VISS signals, and other constituents required for VCR servo  
control such as a drum FG amplifier, drum PG comparator, DPFG separation circuit (three-value separation  
circuit), CFG amplifier, reel FG comparator (2 channels), and CSYNC comparator.  
The CTL amplifier can switch gain in 32 steps by software. In actuality, the CTL amplifier output gain is  
controlled by setting the CTL detection plug with software. Compared with conventional CTL amplifiers, the  
circuit configuration is more optimized, which results in a reduction of the number of pins from eleven to six.  
The analog circuits for VCR have made it possible to largely reduce the number of parts, enabling system  
cost reduction.  
17  
[MEMO]  
18  
CHAPTER 2 OUTLINE OF µPD784915 SUBSERIES  
The µPD784915 Subseries under the 78K/IV Series consists of products provided with an on-chip high-speed, high-  
performance 16-bit CPU that are improved versions of the 78K/I Series of 8-bit single-chip microcontrollers for VCR  
software servo control.  
The µPD784915 Subseries provides on chip optimum peripheral hardware for VCR control, including a multifunc-  
tion timer unit (super timer unit) ideal for software servo control, and analog circuits, thus enabling the realization of  
VCR system/servo/timer control with a single chip.  
Moreover, a product with on-chip one-time PROM, the µPD78P4916, is also available.  
This chapter describes the µPD784915 as the representative product.  
Table 2-1. Differences among µPD784915 Subseries Products  
Part Number  
µPD784915, 784915A,  
µPD784915B  
µPD784916A,  
µPD784916B  
µPD78P4916  
Parameter  
Internal ROM capacity  
Mask ROM  
48 Kbytes  
One-time PROM  
62 Kbytes  
Internal RAM capacity  
1280 bytes  
Not provided  
2048 bytes  
Provided  
Internal memory capacity  
selection register (IMS)  
IC pin  
Provided  
Not provided  
Provided  
VPP pin  
Not provided  
Electrical characteristics  
Refer to data sheet of individual products.  
19  
CHAPTER 2 OUTLINE OF µPD784915 SUBSERIES  
2.1 Features and Application Fields  
(1) Features  
Minimum instruction execution time: 250 ns (operation when internal clock = 8 MHz)  
On-chip timer unit for VCR servo control (Super timer unit)  
I/O ports: 54  
On-chip VHS-compliant VCR analog circuits  
CTL amplifier  
DPG comparator  
RECCTL driver (rewrite-capable)  
CFG amplifier  
DPFG separation circuit (3-value separation circuit)  
Reel FG comparator (2 channels)  
CSYNC comparator  
DFG amplifier  
Serial interface: 2 channels (3-wire serial I/O)  
A/D comparator: 8-bit resolution × 12 channels (conversion time: 10 µs)  
PWM output: 16-bit resolution × 3 channels, 8-bit resolution × 3 channels  
Interrupt functions  
Vectored interrupt function  
Macro service function  
Context switching function  
Low-frequency oscillation mode supported: main system clock frequency = internal clock frequency  
Low-power-dissipation mode supported: CPU operation using subsystem clock possible  
Power supply voltage: VDD = 2.7 to 5.5 V  
On-chip hardware clock function: Low voltage (VDD = 2.7 V (MIN.)), low-current-dissipation clock operation  
possible  
(2) Application fields  
System/servo/timer control for VCR (stationary type, camcorder)  
20  
CHAPTER 2 OUTLINE OF µPD784915 SUBSERIES  
2.2 Pin Configuration (Top View)  
100-pin plastic QFP (14 × 20 mm)  
µPD784915GF-×××-3BA, 784915AGF-×××-3BA, 784916AGF-×××-3BA,  
µPD784915BGF-×××-3BA, 784916BGF-×××-3BA, 78P4916GF-3BA  
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81  
P64  
P65/HWIN  
P66/PWM4  
P67/PWM5  
P60/STRB/CLO  
P61/SCK1/BUZ  
P62/SO1  
1
80  
79  
78  
77  
76  
75  
74  
73  
72  
71  
70  
69  
68  
67  
66  
65  
64  
63  
62  
61  
60  
59  
58  
57  
56  
55  
54  
53  
52  
51  
ANI9  
2
ANI8  
3
P77/ANI7  
P76/ANI6  
P75/ANI5  
P74/ANI4  
P73/ANI3  
P72/ANI2  
P71/ANI1  
P70/ANI0  
AVREF  
4
5
6
7
P63/SI1  
8
PWM0  
9
PWM1  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
SCK2  
SO2  
AVDD2  
SI2/BUSY  
P96  
VDD  
P95/KEY4  
P94/KEY3  
P93/KEY2  
P92/KEY1  
P91/KEY0  
P90/ENV  
NMI  
XT1  
XT2  
V
SS  
X2  
X1  
RESET  
IC (VPP  
)
INTP0  
PTO02  
PTO01  
INTP1  
INTP2  
PTO00  
P00  
P87/PTO11  
P86/PTO10  
P85/PWM3  
P84/PWM2  
P83/ROTC  
P82/HASW  
P01  
P02  
P03  
P04  
P05  
P06  
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50  
Caution  
Connect IC (Internally Connected) pin directly to VSS.  
Remark ( ): µPD78P4916  
21  
CHAPTER 2 OUTLINE OF µPD784915 SUBSERIES  
ANI0 to ANI11  
AVDD1, AVDD2  
AVSS1, AVSS2  
AVREF  
: Analog Input  
P00 to P07  
P40 to P47  
P50 to P57  
P60 to P67  
P70 to P77  
P80, P82 to P87  
: Port0  
: Analog Power Supply  
: Analog Ground  
: Port4  
: Port5  
: Analog Reference Voltage  
: Serial Busy  
: Port6  
BUSY  
: Port7  
BUZ  
: Buzzer Output  
: Port8  
CFGAMPO  
CFGCPIN  
CFGIN  
: Capstan FG Amplifier Output P90 to P96  
: Port9  
: Capstan FG Capacitor Input  
: Analog Unit Input  
: Clock Output  
PTO00 to PTO02,  
: Programmable Timer Output  
PTO10, PTO11  
PWM0 to PWM5  
CLO  
: Pulse Width Modulation Output  
CSYNCIN  
CTLDLY  
CTLIN  
: Analog Unit Input  
: Control Delay Input  
RECCTL+, RECCTL– : RECCTL Output/PBCLT Input  
REEL0IN, REEL1IN : Analog Unit Input  
: CTL Amplifier Input Capacitor RESET  
: Reset  
CTLOUT1, CTLOUT2 : CTL Amplifier Output  
ROTC  
: Chrominance Rotate Output  
: Serial Clock  
DFGIN  
DPGIN  
ENV  
: Analog Unit Input  
: Analog Unit Input  
: Envelope Input  
SCK1, SCK2  
SI1, SI2  
: Serial Input  
SO1, SO2  
: Serial Output  
HASW  
: Head Amplifier Switch Output STRB  
: Hardware Timer External Input VDD  
: Serial Strobe  
HWIN  
: Power Supply  
IC  
: Internally Connected  
: Interrupt From Peripherals  
: Key Return  
VREFC  
VSS  
: Reference Amplifier Capacitor  
: Ground  
INTP0 to INTP3  
KEY0 to KEY4  
NMI  
X1, X2  
XT1, XT2  
: Crystal (Main System Clock)  
: Crystal (Subsystem Clock)  
: Non-maskable Interrupt  
22  
CHAPTER 2 OUTLINE OF µPD784915 SUBSERIES  
2.3 Block Diagram  
NMI  
VDD  
VSS  
X1  
INTERRUPT  
CONTROL  
INTP0 to INTP3  
X2  
XT1  
XT2  
RESET  
PWM0 to PWM5  
PTO00 to PTO02  
PTO10 and PTO11  
SYSTEM  
CONTROL  
SUPER TIMER  
UNIT  
D0 to D7  
A0 to A16  
CE  
OE  
PGM  
VPP  
VREFC  
REEL0IN  
REEL1IN  
CSYNCIN  
DFGIN  
CLOCK OUTPUT  
BUZZER OUTPUT  
CLO  
BUZ  
DPGIN  
CFGIN  
CFGAMPO  
CFGCPIN  
CTLOUT1  
CTLOUT2  
CTLIN  
78K/IV  
16-bit CPU CORE  
KEY INPUT  
KEY0 to KEY4  
RECCTL +  
RECCTL –  
CTLDLY  
P00 to P07  
AVDD1 and AVDD2  
AVSS1 and AVSS2  
AVREF  
ANALOG UNIT  
&
A/D CONVERTER  
REAL - TIME  
OUTPUT PORT  
P80, P82, P83  
ANI0 to ANI11  
PORT0  
PORT4  
PORT5  
PORT6  
PORT7  
PORT8  
PORT9  
P00 to P07  
P40 to P47  
P50 to P57  
P60 to P67  
P70 to P77  
P80, P82 to P87  
P90 to P96  
RAM  
ROM  
SI1  
SO1  
SERIAL  
INTERFACE 1  
SCK1  
SI2/BUSY  
SO2  
SERIAL  
INTERFACE 2  
SCK2  
STRB  
Remarks 1. Internal ROM capacity and RAM capacity differ depending on the product.  
2. The broken line indicates the connection in PROM programming mode.  
23  
CHAPTER 2 OUTLINE OF µPD784915 SUBSERIES  
2.4 Outline of Functions  
Part Number  
µPD784915, 784915A,  
µPD784915B  
µPD784916A,  
µPD784916B  
µPD78P4916  
Parameter  
Instructions  
113  
Minimum instruction execution time  
Internal ROM capacity  
250 ns (internal clock: 8 MHz)  
Mask ROM  
One-time PROM  
2048 bytes  
48 Kbytes  
1280 bytes  
62 Kbytes  
Internal RAM capacity  
Interrupt  
4-level (programmable), vectored interrupts, macro service, context switching  
External source  
Internal source  
9 (including NMI)  
19  
Macro service available interrupt 25  
Number of macro service 10 (4 types)  
I/O ports  
Input  
I/O  
8
46  
Time-based counter  
• 22-bit FRC  
• Resolution: 125 ns, maximum count time: 524 ms  
Capture register  
Input Signal  
CFG  
Number of Bits  
Measurement Cycle Operation Edge  
22  
22  
16  
22  
16  
22  
22  
125 ns to 524 ms  
125 ns to 524 ms  
1 µs to 65.5 ms  
125 ns to 524 ms  
1 µs to 65.5 ms  
125 ns to 524 ms  
125 ns to 524 ms  
DFG  
HSW  
VSYNC  
CTL  
TREEL  
SREEL  
General-purpose timer  
16-bit timer × 3  
PBCTL duty discrimination  
• Duty discrimination for Play control signal  
• VISS detection, wide aspect detection  
Linear time counter  
Real-time output port  
Serial interface  
A/D converter  
CTL signal counting with 5-bit UDC  
11  
Clock synchronous (3-wire): 2 channels  
8-bit resolution × 12 channels, conversion time: 10 µs  
PWM output  
• 16-bit resolution × 3 channels, 8-bit resolution × 3 channels  
• Carrier frequency: 62.5 kHz  
Clock function  
Standby function  
Analog circuits  
0.5-second measurement, low-voltage operation possible  
HALT mode/STOP mode/Low power dissipation mode/Low power dissipation HALT mode  
• CTL amplifier  
• DPG comparator  
• RECCTL driver (rewrite-capable)  
• DPFG separation circuit  
(3-value separation circuit)  
• Reel FG comparator  
• CSYNC comparator  
• CFG amplifier  
• DFG amplifier  
Power supply voltage  
Package  
VDD = 2.7 to 5.5 V  
100-pin plastic QFP (14 × 20 mm)  
24  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES  
The µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries under the 78K/IV Series of products with an on-chip high-speed, high-  
performance 16-bit CPU consists of products for VCR software servo control.  
The µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries provides on chip optimum peripheral hardware for VCR control, including  
a multifunction timer unit (super timer unit) ideal for software servo control, and analog circuits, thus enabling the  
realization of VCR system/servo/timer control with a single chip.  
Moreover, products with on-chip flash memory, the µPD78F4928 and 78F4928Y, are now under development.  
This chapter describes the µPD784927 as the representative product.  
Table 3-1. Differences among µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries Products  
Note  
Part Number  
µPD784927,  
µPD784927Y  
µPD78F4928  
,
Note  
Parameter  
µPD78F4928Y  
Internal ROM capacity  
Internal RAM capacity  
96 Kbytes (Mask ROM)  
128 Kbytes (Flash memory)  
3584 bytes  
2048 bytes  
Internal memory capacity  
selection register (IMS)  
Not provided  
Provided  
IC pin  
Provided  
Not provided  
Provided  
VPP pin  
Not provided  
Electrical characteristics  
Refer to data sheet of individual products.  
Note Under development  
25  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES  
3.1 Features and Application Fields  
(1) Features  
Minimum instruction execution time: 250 ns (operation when internal clock = 8 MHz)  
On-chip timer unit for VCR servo control (Super timer unit)  
I/O ports: 74  
On-chip VHS-compliant VCR analog circuits  
CTL amplifier  
DPG amplifier  
RECCTL driver (rewrite-capable)  
CFG amplifier  
DPFG separation circuit (3-value separation circuit)  
Reel FG comparator (2 channels)  
CSYNC comparator  
DFG amplifier  
Serial interface: 3 channels  
3-wire serial I/O: 2 channels  
I2C bus interface: 1 channel (µPD784928Y Subseries only)  
A/D converter: 12 channels (conversion time: 10 µs)  
PWM output: 16-bit resolution × 3 channels, 8-bit resolution × 3 channels  
Interrupt functions  
Vectored interrupt function  
Macro service function  
Context switching function  
Low-frequency oscillation mode supported: main system clock frequency = internal clock frequency  
Low-power-dissipation mode supported: CPU operation using subsystem clock possible  
Power supply voltage: VDD = 2.7 to 5.5 V  
On-chip hardware clock function: Low voltage (VDD = 2.7 V (MIN.)), low-current-dissipation clock operation  
possible  
(2) Application fields  
Stationary type VCRs, camcorders, etc.  
26  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES  
3.2 Pin Configuration (Top View)  
100-pin plastic QFP (14 × 20 mm)  
µPD784927GF-×××-3BA, 78F4928GF-3BANote 1  
µPD784927YGF-×××-3BA, 78F4928YGF-3BANote 1  
,
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81  
80  
DFGMON/P64/BUZ  
DPGMON/P65/HWIN  
CFGMON/P66/PWM4  
CTLMON/P67/PWM5  
P60/STRB/CLO  
P61/SCK1/BUZ  
P62/SO1  
1
ANI9/P111  
ANI8/P110  
P77/ANI7  
P76/ANI6  
P75/ANI5  
P74/ANI4  
P73/ANI3  
P72/ANI2  
P71/ANI1  
P70/ANI0  
AVREF  
2
79  
78  
77  
76  
75  
74  
73  
72  
71  
70  
69  
68  
67  
66  
65  
64  
63  
62  
61  
60  
59  
58  
57  
56  
55  
54  
53  
52  
51  
3
4
5
6
7
P63/SI1  
8
P37/PWM0  
9
P36/PWM1  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
P35/SCK2  
P34/SO2  
AVDD2  
P33/SI2/BUSY  
P96  
VDD  
P95/KEY4  
P94/KEY3  
P93/KEY2  
P92/KEY1  
P91/KEY0  
P90/ENV  
NMI/P20  
INTP0/P21  
INTP1/P22  
INTP2/P23  
P00  
XT1  
XT2  
V
SS  
X2  
X1  
RESET  
Note 2  
IC/VPP  
P32/PTO02  
P31/PTO01  
P30/PTO00  
P87/PTO11  
P01  
P86/PTO10  
P02  
SCLNote 3/P85/PWM3  
SDANote 3/P84/PWM2  
P83/ROTC  
P03  
P04  
P05  
P82/HASW  
P06  
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50  
Notes 1. Under development  
2. The VPP pin is provided only for the µPD78F4928, 78F4928Y.  
3. The SCL pin and SDA pin are provided only for the µPD784928Y Subseries.  
Caution  
In the normal operation mode, connect the IC (Internally Connected)/VPP pin directly to VSS.  
27  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES  
ANI0 to ANI11  
AVDD1, AVDD2  
AVSS1, AVSS2  
AVREF  
: Analog Input  
P30 to P37  
P40 to P47  
P50 to P57  
P60 to P67  
P70 to P77  
P80, P82 to P87  
: Port3  
: Analog Power Supply  
: Analog Ground  
: Port4  
: Port5  
: Analog Reference Voltage  
: Serial Busy  
: Port6  
BUSY  
: Port7  
BUZ  
: Buzzer Output  
: Port8  
CFGAMPO  
CFGCPIN  
CFGIN  
: Capstan FG Amplifier Output P90 to P96  
: Port9  
: Capstan FG Capacitor Input  
: Analog Unit Input  
P100 to P103  
: Port10  
P110 to P113  
: Port11  
CFGMON  
CLO  
: Capstan FG Monitor  
: Clock Output  
PTO00 to PTO02,  
PTO10, PTO11  
PWM0 to PWM5  
: Programmable Timer Output  
CSYNCIN  
CTLDLY  
CTLIN  
: Analog Unit Input  
: Pulse Width Modulation Output  
: Control Delay Input  
RECCTL+, RECCTL– : RECCTL Output/PBCLT Input  
: CTL Amplifier Input Capacitor REEL0IN, REEL1IN : Analog Unit Input  
CTLMON  
: CTL Amplifier Monitor  
RESET  
: Reset  
CTLOUT1, CTLOUT2 : CTL Amplifier Output  
ROTC  
: Chrominance Rotate Output  
: Serial Clock  
DFGIN  
: Analog Unit Input  
: DFG Monitor  
SCK1, SCK2  
SCLNote 1  
SDANote 1  
SI1, SI2  
DFGMON  
DPGIN  
: Serial Clock  
: Analog Unit Input  
: DPG Monitor  
: Serial Data  
DPGMON  
ENV  
: Serial Input  
: Envelope Input  
SO1, SO2  
: Serial Output  
HASW  
: Head Amplifier Switch Output STRB  
: Hardware Timer External Input VDD  
: Serial Strobe  
HWIN  
: Power Supply  
Note 2  
IC  
: Internally Connected  
: Interrupt From Peripherals  
: Key Return  
VPP  
: Programming Power Supply  
: Reference Amplifier Capacitor  
: Ground  
INTP0 to INTP3  
KEY0 to KEY4  
NMI  
VREFC  
VSS  
: Non-maskable Interrupt  
: Port0  
X1, X2  
XT1, XT2  
: Crystal (Main System Clock)  
: Crystal (Subsystem Clock)  
P00 to P07  
P20 to P23  
: Port2  
Notes 1. The SCL pin and SDA pin are provided only for the µPD784928Y Subseries.  
2. The VPP pin is provided only for the µPD78F4928, 78F4928Y.  
28  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES  
3.3 Internal Block Diagram  
NMI  
V
V
X1  
DD  
SS  
INTERRUPT  
CONTROL  
INTP0 to INTP3  
X2  
SYSTEM  
XT1  
XT2  
CONTROL  
PWM0 to PWM5  
PTO00 to PTO02  
PTO10, PTO11  
RESET  
Note 1  
SUPER TIMER  
UNIT  
VPP  
CLOCK OUTPUT  
BUZZER OUTPUT  
CLO  
BUZ  
VREFC  
REEL0IN  
REEL1IN  
CSYNCIN  
DFGIN  
KEY INPUT  
KEY0 to KEY4  
DPGIN  
CFGIN  
CFGAMPO  
CFGCPIN  
CTLOUT1  
CTLOUT2  
CTLIN  
78K/IV  
16-bit CPU CORE  
(RAM : 512 bytes)  
P00 to P07  
REAL - TIME  
OUTPUT PORT  
P80, P82, P83  
RECCTL+  
_
RECCTL  
CTLDLY  
DFGMON  
DPGMON  
CFGMON  
CTLMON  
AVDD1, AVDD2  
AVSS1, AVSS2  
AVREF  
PORT0  
PORT2  
PORT3  
PORT4  
PORT5  
PORT6  
PORT7  
PORT8  
PORT9  
PORT10  
PORT11  
P00 to P07  
P20 to P23  
P30 to P37  
P40 to P47  
P50 to P57  
P60 to P67  
P70 to P77  
P80, P82 to P87  
P90 to P96  
P100 to P103  
P110 to P113  
ANALOG UNIT  
&
A/D CONVERTER  
RAM  
ROM  
ANI0 to ANI11  
SI1  
SO1  
SERIAL  
INTERFACE 1  
SCK1  
SI2/BUSY  
SO2  
SERIAL  
INTERFACE 2  
SCK2  
STRB  
SDA  
SCL  
SERIALNote 2  
INTERFACE 3  
Notes 1. The VPP pin is provided only for the µPD78F4928, 78F4928Y.  
2. Provided only for the µPD784928Y Subseries. Supports the I2C bus interface.  
Remark The internal ROM and RAM capacities differ according to the product.  
29  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES  
3.4 Outline of Functions  
(1/2)  
Note  
Part Number  
µPD784927,  
µPD784927Y  
µPD78F4928  
,
Note  
Parameter  
µPD78F4928Y  
Instructions  
113  
Minimum instruction execution time  
250 ns (internal clock: 8 MHz)  
Mask ROM  
Internal memory capacity Type  
Flash memory  
ROM  
RAM  
96 Kbytes  
128 Kbytes  
3584 bytes  
2048 bytes  
Interrupt sources  
External 9 (including NMI)  
(µPD784928 Subseries)  
Internal  
22 (including software interrupts)  
• 4-level programmable priority  
• 3 types of servicing:  
Vectored interrupts, macro service, context switching  
External 9 (including NMI)  
Internal 23 (including software interrupts)  
Interrupt sources  
(µPD784928Y Subseries)  
• 4-level programmable priority  
• 3 types of servicing:  
Vectored interrupts, macro service, context switching  
I/O ports  
Input  
I/O  
20  
54 (including 8 LED direct drive ports)  
Time-based counter  
• 22-bit FRC  
• Resolution: 125 ns, maximum count time: 524 ms  
Capture register  
Input Signal  
CFG  
Number of Bits  
Measurement Cycle Operation Edge  
22  
22  
16  
22  
16  
22  
22  
125 ns to 524 ms  
125 ns to 524 ms  
1 µs to 65.5 ms  
125 ns to 524 ms  
1 µs to 65.5 ms  
125 ns to 524 ms  
125 ns to 524 ms  
DFG  
HSW  
VSYNC  
CTL  
TREEL  
SREEL  
General-purpose timer  
16-bit timer × 3  
PBCTL duty discrimination  
• Duty discrimination for Play control signal  
• VISS detection, wide aspect detection  
Linear time counter  
Real-time output port  
Serial interface  
CTL signal counting with 5-bit UDC  
11  
• 3-wire serial I/O: 2 channels (including 1 BUSY/STRB function-enabled channel)  
2
• I C bus interface (multi-master supported): 1 channel (µPD784928Y Subseries only)  
Buzzer output function  
1.95 kHz, 3.91 kHz, 7.81 kHz, 15.6 kHz (Operation when internal clock = 8 MHz)  
2.048 kHz, 4.096 kHz, 32.768 kHz (Operation when subsystem clock = 32.768 kHz)  
A/D converter  
PWM output  
8-bit resolution × 12 channels, conversion time: 10 µs  
• 16-bit resolution × 3 channels, 8-bit resolution × 3 channels  
• Carrier frequency: 62.5 kHz  
Clock function  
0.5-second measurement, low-voltage operation possible (VDD = 2.7 V)  
Standby function  
HALT mode/STOP mode/Low power dissipation mode/Low power dissipation HALT mode  
Note Under development  
30  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES  
(2/2)  
Note  
Part Number  
µPD784927,  
µPD784927Y  
µPD78F4928  
,
Note  
Parameter  
µPD78F4928Y  
Analog circuits  
• CTL amplifier  
• DPG amplifier  
• RECCTL driver (rewrite-capable)  
• DPFG separation circuit  
(3-value separation circuit)  
• Reel FG comparator  
• CSYNC comparator  
• CFG amplifier  
• DFG amplifier  
Power supply voltage  
Package  
VDD = 2.7 to 5.5 V  
100-pin plastic QFP (14 × 20 mm)  
Note Under development  
31  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES  
3.5 Differences among µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries and µPD784915 Subseries  
The µPD784927 is a VCR software servo control product that includes on-chip a high-speed, high-performance  
16-bit CPU, enabling the realization of VCR system/servo/timer control with a single chip. The µPD784928 Subseries  
is an enhanced function version of the µPD784915 Subseries. Moreover, the µPD784928Y Subseries is a product  
featuring the addition of the I2C bus interface.  
Table 3-2 shows the differences among these three subseries.  
Table 3-2. Differences among µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries and µPD784915 Subseries  
Parameter  
µPD784928 Subseries,  
µPD784928Y Subseries  
µPD784915 Subseries  
Internal ROM capacity  
Internal RAM capacity  
96 Kbytes/128 Kbytes  
48 Kbytes/62 Kbytes  
2048/3584 bytes  
1280/2084 bytes  
I/O ports  
Total  
Input  
I/O  
74  
54  
20  
8
54  
46  
Serial interface  
• 3-wire serial I/O  
: 2 channels  
: 1 channel  
• 3-wire serial I/O : 2 channels  
2
Note  
• I C bus interface  
Analog  
circuit  
CTL amplifier  
RECCTL driver  
DPFG separation circuit  
DFG amplifier  
DPG comparator  
DPG amplifier  
CFG amplifier  
Reel FG comparator  
CSYNC comparator  
External  
Interrupt  
9 (including NMI)  
9 (including NMI)  
19 (including software interrupts)  
Internal  
22 (including software interrupts)  
23 (including software interrupts)  
Note  
Flash memory/PROM  
µPD78F4928, 78F4928Y  
µPD78P4916  
Note In the case of the µPD784928Y Subseries  
32  
CHAPTER 4 OUTLINE OF VCR SERVO SYSTEM  
4.1 Outline of Software Servo  
In the current VCR market, software servo has become the mainstream in VCR servo systems in order to reduce  
the manufacturing process and improve the reliability of sets. High-performance microcontrollers which can control  
the whole system with a single chip have been called for to simplify the manufacturing process and lower costs by  
reducing the number of parts. On the other hand, along with the trend toward sets with high performance and a many  
functions, microcontrollers with larger memory capacity are increasingly being used.  
Analog control servo systems, which have conventionally been the mainstream in VCR servos, present the  
following problems:  
(1) Reliability  
The analog servo system uses many components whose characteristics are affected by external environment,  
such as resistors and capacitors, which makes it difficult to keep the characteristics constant over a long period  
of time. Moreover, analog servo systems tend to have changing characteristics over-time, which affects  
reliability.  
(2) System adjustment  
Due to the uneven characteristics of the resistors/capacitors, a lot of adjustments are required prior to shipment  
in order to gain desired characteristics.  
(3) Number of parts  
Analog servos have a large number of parts, which makes it difficult to reduce the size of sets.  
VCR servo systems, then, have switched over to digital servos with dedicated ICs. However, servos with dedicated  
ICs cannot perform flexible control because the servo control algorithm is fixed, and it cannot integrate compensation  
elements such as digital filter into a device.  
In order to solve the above problems, software digital servos using single-chip microcontrollers have come into  
increasing use in recent years.  
Realizing VCR servo systems by software offers the following advantages:  
<1> Improved reliability  
Because software digital servo systems carry out control using the CPU system clock as a reference, stable  
operation free from environmental conditions can be realized.  
Moreover, software digital servos convert all error amounts to digital values and store them in memory,  
resulting in accurate sample-and-hold operation. Therefore, unlike analog servo systems, hold values do  
not change due to capacitor leak.  
33  
CHAPTER 4 OUTLINE OF VCR SERVO SYSTEM  
<2> Compactness and light weight  
The number of discrete parts is minimized to enable high-density mounting (reduced mounting space).  
Moreover, compensation filter is realized as a digital filter, resulting in improved reliability as well as reduction  
of the number of parts.  
<3> Flexible of servo control  
Software servos can freely change servo system gain according to the amount of speed error/phase error.  
Moreover, trick plays such as suspension of control and open loop control for a given time period according  
to the error amount can be easily realized. Also, AI-related functions such as digital tracking can be  
integrated.  
<4> Easy product development of VCR set  
Software servos easily keep up with changes of the drum motor and capstan motor to be used simply by  
changing software. As a result, design with a high degree of freedom is made possible.  
Software servos flexibly support various TV broadcasting systems in the world (such as NTSC and PAL),  
enabling worldwide use of VCR sets.  
To realize software servo control of a VCR, the microcontroller to be used is required to have an advanced arithmetic  
ability and strong timer function.  
In order to easily realize servo control, the µPD784915 Subseries incorporates a variety of peripheral hardware  
such as the super timer unit and analog circuits for VCR, which are ideal for software servo control of VCRs. By  
incorporating a 16-bit CPU, the µPD784915 supports high-speed arithmetic instructions and large capacity memory.  
Therefore, it can easily handle servo processing, which must be real-time, and makes system/servo/timer control of  
VCRs possible with a single chip.  
4.2 Servo Control of VCR  
A VCR records video signals forming diagonal patterns on magnetic tape (video tape) using a rotary head. This  
recording method is called rotary head azimuth recording system.  
The recorded pattern of the video signals on the magnetic tape is strictly specified with each format such as VHS  
system and β system.  
Figure 4-1 shows the track pattern of video tapes.  
The recording pattern of video signals is as thin as several tens of microns. During VCR playback, the head must  
accurately trace the recording pattern. This operation is called tracking.  
Forming of the recording pattern and playback tracking are controlled by the rotating condition of the rotary head  
and the running condition of the tape.  
A VCR has a drum motor to control the rotation of the rotary head and a capstan motor to control tape running.  
The VCR carries out record/playback by controlling these two motors.  
The servo for recording and playback is explained below.  
34  
CHAPTER 4 OUTLINE OF VCR SERVO SYSTEM  
Figure 4-1. Track Pattern on Video Tape  
One field’s  
video signal  
Audio head  
Audio track  
Head  
direction  
Video track  
Vertical synchronous  
signal  
Control track  
Tape running direction  
Playback control signal  
Control head  
Remark VHS standard tape speed  
Standard mode : 33.35 mm/s  
Triple mode  
: 11.12 mm/s  
35  
CHAPTER 4 OUTLINE OF VCR SERVO SYSTEM  
4.3 Servo for Recording  
A VCR records exactly one field’s video signals on each video track recorded diagonally on a video tape. In TV  
broadcasting, a frame is composed of two fields.  
On a video track, positions on which synchronous signals are recorded are specified. Therefore, control should  
be made so that the recording drum motor servo synchronizes with the frame cycle of the input video signal and the  
relation of the position of the video head and vertical synchronous signal are kept constant.  
On the other hand, the capstan motor rotates at constant speed because it runs tape accurately at the speed defined  
in each format.  
In addition to these, home VCRs of VHS and β system, etc., record control signals synchronized with the rotation  
of the drum along with the longer direction of the tape when recording is performed.  
Control signal is a pulse signal with 30 [Hz] cycle which is used as a mark when performing playback tracking.  
Remarks 1. Video tape running speed of VHS system VCR is 33.35 [mm/s] in standard mode and 11.12 [mm/s] in  
triple mode.  
2. For VHS system VCRs, control signal pulse is normally specified as a signal with 60% high level and  
40% low level.  
4.4 Servo for Playback  
When playing back, rotation of a drum motor and control signals played back from the video tape is synchronized  
with the reference frame cycle generated in the servo control circuit.  
Thereby, the drum motor and the control signals are synchronized indirectly using the reference signal as an  
intermediary so that the relation between them are made the same as when recording.  
As a result, the head is controlled to accurately trace the track on the tape, because the running condition of the  
tape and the rotation of the head become the same as when recording.  
In addition, because the recording condition of the control signals are uneven among sets, it needs to be corrected.  
Thereby, the relation of the position of the control signals and the video head can be externally adjusted. This is called  
tracking adjustment. When playing back, the amount of the tracking adjustment is set using an external potentiometer  
(VR).  
36  
CHAPTER 4 OUTLINE OF VCR SERVO SYSTEM  
4.5 Motor to be Used  
Generally, a DC motor is used for VCRs (drum motor and capstan motor). DC motors are motors whose rotation  
speed varies according to the applied voltage.  
Direct drive systems, in which no belts and gears are involved, are becoming the mainstream in the driving method  
of drum and capstan.  
The rotation speed of DC motors fluctuates according to variations in the load and the applied voltage. Therefore,  
servo systems must control the rotation speed and rotation phase.  
Rotation speed control keeps the motor rotation constant. Rotation phase control keeps the relationship between  
the phase signal and reference phase signal of the motor constant.  
37  
CHAPTER 4 OUTLINE OF VCR SERVO SYSTEM  
4.6 VCR Control Systems  
VCRs are mainly composed of the following control systems.  
(1) System control  
Supervises and controls the whole VCR system.  
(2) Servo control  
Controls drum motor, capstan motor, and related operations.  
(3) Timer control  
Performs clock function such as timer reservation, front panel control, and display control.  
(4) Camera control (camcorder)  
Performs camera section control such as AF and AE.  
(5) Others  
Blurring correction control, etc. (camcorder).  
The µPD784915 is a 16-bit single-chip microcontroller which can perform the three types of control (1) to (3) listed  
above.  
Especially, the super timer unit incorporated in the µPD784915 is designed to easily realize software digital servo  
control.  
4.7 VCR Servo System Control  
Servo systems for VCRs control the drum motor for the rotating head and the capstan motor, which runs the tape  
in low speed.  
The VCR elements controlled by a servo system are shown below.  
(1) Drum motor speed/phase control  
(2) Capstan motor speed/phase control  
(3) Generation of head switching signal  
(4) Generation of quasi-VSYNC signal for special playback  
(5) Generation of recording control signal (RECCTL) (for recording), rewriting (for playback)  
(6) Index search control (VISS detection)  
Remark This manual mainly explains the method to perform servo control shown in 4.6 (2) and other controls shown  
in 4.7 (1) to (6).  
38  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
This chapter describes examples of stationary type VCR servo system control.  
5.1 Examples of System Configuration  
In this chapter, the drum motor whose FG wave number (the number of FG signals generated in one rotation of  
the motor) is 24 poles and the capstan motor whose FG wave number is 36 poles are assumed to be used.  
The drum motor is controlled so that the number of rotations is equal to the frame frequency of TV broadcast fF  
= 29.97 Hz (NTSC) (the number of rotation is 29.97 r.p.s.) with the servo system locked.  
Therefore, the drum FG signal frequency fDFG is as follows:  
• fDFG = fF × FG wave number = 719.28 [Hz]  
Similarly, the capstan motor FG frequency in standard mode (SP mode) is as follows:  
• fCFGSP = 1080 [Hz]  
The capstan motor FG frequency in triple mode (EP mode), since it is one third the speed of the standard mode,  
is as follows:  
• fCFGSP = 1080 ÷ 3 = 360 [Hz]  
Each motor is driven by PWM output pulse smoothed in external circuit and input to motor driving driver.  
PWM0 output is used for driving the drum motor and PWM1 output for capstan motor.  
PWM output pulse is smoothed (carrier elimination) through external low pass filter (C-R filter, etc.), impedance  
converted with operation amplifier, etc., and then input to motor driving driver.  
Figure 5-1 shows an example of VCR system configuration to be controlled in this manual.  
39  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-1. Application to Stationary Type VCR  
µPD784915  
DFG  
DFGIN  
STB  
CLK  
DOUT  
DIN  
PORT  
SCK1  
SI1  
DPGIN  
PWM0  
CFGIN  
DPG  
CFG  
FIP C/D  
µPD16311  
SO1  
Drum motor  
M
M
FIP  
Key matrix  
Capstan motor  
PWM1  
PORT  
SCK2  
SO2  
CS  
OSD  
µPD6454  
CLK  
DATA  
RECCTL+  
RECCTL–  
CTL head  
PORT  
Composite synchronizing signal  
Audio video system  
signal processing circuit  
CSYNCIN  
PTO00  
PTO01  
P80  
Video head switch  
Audio head switch  
Quasi-vertical synchronizing signal  
Loading motor  
M
PWM2  
ReelFG0  
REEL0IN  
PWM3  
PWM5  
PORT  
Tuner  
M
M
Reel motor  
PORT  
INTP2  
Mechanical block  
PWM4  
Remote control  
receive signal  
Remote  
control signal  
ReelFG1  
REEL1IN  
µPC2800A  
Low-frequency  
oscillation mode  
X1  
X2  
XT1  
XT2  
8 MHz  
32.768 kHz  
40  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.2 Outline of System  
This system performs VCR servo control using the µPD784915.  
The system executes most of the dedicated digital servo IC functions which have been built in the original sets  
by software. Moreover the system configures the loop filter, which is a compensation element of the servo system,  
with a digital filter and realizes it with arithmetic processing by software.  
Figure 5-2 shows the processing block diagram in the software digital servo system.  
The VCR servo system performs speed/phase control of the drum and capstan motor. Therefore, speed control  
loop and phase control loop exist in the control loop of each motor.  
The FG signal output from the motor is used for detection of the speed error amount and PG signal for detection  
of the phase error amount. The gains of speed control system and phase control system are set independently from  
each other.  
The detected speed and phase error amount are added respectively and then converted to PWM with bias value  
added. PWM pulse drives each motor after carriers are eliminated through external low pass filter.  
The µPD784915 is equipped with analog amplifiers so that amplification of FG and PG signal output from each  
motor is possible.  
The value of the servo circuit built in the set is used as it is for the error amount detection gain and the characteristics  
of loop filter in the servo system.  
In addition to the speed/phase control of drum and capstan motor explained above, the system also generates  
head switching signal, quasi vertical synchronizing signal, etc.  
41  
Figure 5-2. Software Digital Servo System Block Diagram  
DPGcomparator  
DFGamplifier  
DPGsignal  
DFGsignal  
HSW  
generation  
Speed error  
detection  
Kv  
(Drum speed gain)  
(Buffer)  
Bias value  
addition  
PWM  
conversion  
Motor driver  
M
Drum motor  
RECCTL  
generation  
Phase error  
detection  
Kp  
(Drum phase gain)  
Digital filter  
RECCTL  
head  
Carrier elimination filter  
Phase error  
detection  
Digital filter  
Kp  
Capstan motor  
Motor driver  
(Buffer)  
(Capstan phase gain)  
PBCTL  
amplifier  
Bias value  
addition  
PWM  
conversion  
Digital filter  
M
Speed error  
detection  
Kv  
Carrier elimination filter  
CFGsignal  
CFGamplifier  
Vertical synchronizing signal  
(Capstan speed gain)  
VSYNC  
separation circuit  
Composite  
synchronizing signal  
Remark The process in the µPD784915 is shown in the broken line.  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.3 Using Example of Super Timer Unit  
Table 5-1 shows the using examples of the Super Timer Unit, and Figure 5-1 shows the Super Timer Unit block  
diagram.  
Table 5-1. Using Examples of Super Timer Unit  
Timer/Counter Name  
Event Counter (EC)  
Register  
Use  
ECC0/ECC1/ECC2/ECC3  
Generation of internal head switching signal  
Video head switching signal delay control  
Timer 0 (TM0)  
CR00  
CR01  
Audio head switching signal delay control  
CR02  
Quasi-VSYNC output timing control  
Free Running Counter (FRC)  
CPT0  
Reference phase detection (for drum phase control)  
Drum motor phase detection (for drum phase control)  
Drum motor speed detection (for drum speed control)  
Capstan motor speed detection (for capstan speed control)  
Tape remain detection by reel FG input  
CPT1  
CPT2  
CPT3  
CPT4, CPT5  
CR10  
Timer 1 (TM1)  
Generation of internal reference signal (for playback)  
Buffer oscillator for missing VSYNC (for recording)  
CR11  
CR12  
RECCTL output timing control  
Capstan motor phase control  
(for capstan phase controller)  
CR13  
Unnecessary VSYNC input mask control  
PBCTL signal duty detection timing control  
PBCTL signal cycle measurement  
Timer 3 (TM3)  
CR30, CR31  
CPT30  
CR20  
Timer 2 (TM2)  
Timer 4 (TM4)  
Can be used as an interval timer (for system controller)  
CR40  
Remote control signal duty detection  
(for remote control decode)  
CR41  
CR50  
UDCC  
Remote control signal cycle measurement  
(for remote control decode)  
Timer 5 (TM5)  
Can be used as internal timer  
(for system controller)  
Up/Down Counter  
Generation of linear tape counter  
43  
Figure 5-3. Super Timer Unit Block Diagram (1/2)  
DPG  
DPGIN  
Frequency  
divider  
Mask  
Selector  
Clear  
TM0  
Output control circuit  
PTO00  
PTO01  
PTO02  
V-HSW  
A-HSW  
00H write  
to EC  
INTCR00  
RTP,A/D  
DFG  
DFGIN  
Clear  
Output control circuit  
Output control circuit  
CR00  
CR01  
CR02  
EC  
INTCR01  
INTCR02  
RTP  
ECC3  
ECC2  
ECC1  
ECC0  
F/F  
F/F  
RTP,A/D  
Superim  
-position  
Superim  
-position  
H
SYNC  
P80  
separation circuit  
V
SYNC  
Comp Sync  
CSYNCIN  
separation circuit  
INTCLR1  
FRC  
CPT0  
CPT1  
CPT2  
CPT3  
CPT4  
CPT5  
Capture  
Capture  
Mask  
INTCPT1  
INTCPT2  
INTCPT3  
REEL0IN  
REEL1IN  
Capture  
Capture  
Capture  
Capture  
INTP3  
CFG  
Clear  
Output control circuit  
Output control circuit  
CFGIN  
PTO10  
PTO11  
EDV  
Clear  
INTCR10  
TM1  
EDVC  
PBCTL  
PBCTL  
PTO10  
PTO11  
CR10  
CR11  
CR12  
CR13  
RECCTL  
INTCR11  
INTCR12  
INTCR13  
Clear  
Capture  
TM3  
INTCR30  
CR30  
CR31  
CPT30  
To PBCTL signal input  
FFLVL  
CTL  
F/F  
Capture  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-3. Super Timer Unit Block Diagram (2/2)  
Clear  
TM2  
CR20  
INTCR20  
Mask  
Clear  
TM4  
Remote control  
receive signal  
CR40  
CR41  
INTCR40  
INTP2  
Clear  
TM5  
CR50  
INTCR50  
RTP, A/D  
SELUD  
P77  
PTO10  
PTO11  
UP/DOWN  
EDVCoutput  
PBCTL  
PBCTL  
UDC  
UDCC  
INTUDC  
45  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.4 Head Switching Signal Generation  
5.4.1 Internal head switching signal (HSW-N) generation  
(a) HSW-N generation method  
This system uses timer 0 clear pulse as phase comparison signal in the drum phase control system. This  
is called internal head switching signal (HSW-N).  
HSW-N is a pulse with 50% duty which is generated from PG and FG signals from the drum motor and  
synchronizes with the drum rotation.  
µPD784915 can generate HSW-N from drum FG signal (DFG signal) and drum PG signal (DPG signal) using  
event counter (EC).  
The DPG signal is input to the DPGIN pin and the DFG signal to the DFGIN pin of the µPD784915.  
The pulse generated here is one which is reset, after DPG input, at the rising edge of the second DFG signal  
and at the falling edge of the fourteenth DFG signal. In this case, the following values are set to the two compare  
registers of EC.  
ECC1...01H  
ECC0...0DH  
EC output changes at the clock after the clock at which the EC coincides with the compare register. Therefore,  
the value with 1 subtracted is set as the setting value to the compare register.  
Figure 5-4 shows the use of EC, and Figure 5-5 shows the operation timing of EC. Timer 0 is cleared at the  
rising and falling edges of HSW-N generated in EC.  
Figure 5-4. Use of Event Counter (EC)  
DPGsignal  
DPGIN  
DFGIN  
Through  
EC  
00H write to EC  
Analog  
circuit  
Clear  
DFGsignal  
ECC3 = 00H  
ECC2 = 00H  
ECC1 = 01H  
ECC0 = 0DH  
Internal head  
switching signal  
(HSW-N)  
S
R
Q
Coincidence  
Coincidence  
EC-  
F/F1  
46  
Figure 5-5. Event Counter (EC) Operation Timing  
29.97 Hz  
(33.37 ms)  
DFG signal input  
(DPGIN pin)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24  
1
2
3
4
DFG signal input  
(DFGIN pin)  
EC count value  
19  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18  
0
1
2
3
4
(Clear)  
(Clear)  
HSW-N  
Internal head  
switching  
signal  
(Set)  
(Reset)  
(Set)  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.4.2 Head switching signal (V-HSW) generation  
(a) V-HSW generation method  
A VCR is required to externally adjust the head switching signal (V-HSW) and correct the mounting position  
of the PG signal detector. In order to perform the correction, the internal head switching signal (HSW-N)  
generated as shown in 5.4.1 is delayed using timer 0 programmable pulse delay circuit.  
Figure 5-6 shows the use of timer 0. Figure 5-7 shows the V-HSW timing. Timer 0 is a timer which is cleared  
at both rising and falling edges of HSW-N.  
When a digital value equivalent to the amount of the head switching signal delay is set to compare register  
00 (CR00), signals with HSW-N are delayed according to the value set to the compare register are output from  
the PTO00 output pin. This signal is used as the actual V-HSW.  
The relation between the digital value set to CR00 and the delay amount is as follows:  
Delay amount = (Setting value to CR00) × 8/fCLK  
At 16-MHz operation, 8/fCLK = 1 [µs], then, this is the resolution of timer 0.  
In order to correct the positional relation of the PG signal detector and PG magnet, the delay amount to HSW-  
N should be externally adjustable. Thereby, the data stored in CR00 should be adjustable with analog voltage  
externally input using the A/D comparator of the µPD784915.  
The digital value stored in CR00 is set as follows:  
In EP mode/ LP mode  
(Setting value to CR00) = (A/D conversion result) × 11 + 012CH  
In SP mode  
(Setting value to CR00) = (A/D conversion result) × 13 + 0190H  
When using analog circuit, EC is counted at the reverse edge of the DFG signal, so that correction is required  
as follows:  
In EP mode/LP mode  
(Setting value to CR00) = (A/D conversion result) × 11 + 0120H  
In SP mode  
(Setting value to CR00) = (A/D conversion result) × 13 + 0150H  
48  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-6. Use of Timer 0  
EN  
CLR0  
DPGIN pin input  
Internal pulse by EC  
Internal head switching signal(HSW-N)  
fCLK/8  
TM0  
Output control circuit  
PTO00  
INTCR00  
V-HSW (CR00)  
A-HSW (CR01)  
Output control circuit  
Output control circuit  
PTO01  
INTCR01  
PTO02  
INTCR02  
RTP  
Quasi-VSYNC (CR02)  
HSYNC separation circuit  
49  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-7. Head Switching Signal (V-HSW) Timing (PTO00)  
29.97 Hz  
(33.37 ms)  
DPG signal input  
(DPGIN pin)  
2
131415  
24  
2
131415  
2
DFG signal input  
(DFGIN pin)  
Internal head  
switching signal  
(HSW-N)  
(16.68 ms)  
(Clear)  
(Clear)  
(Clear)  
(Clear)  
(Clear)  
CR00  
CR00  
CR00  
CR00  
ϒD1  
Head switching  
pulse signal  
(V-HSW)  
(PTO00 pin)  
Remark τD1: Head switching signal delay amount  
50  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
(b) Timer mode setting  
The timer mode setting when generating head switching signal (V-HSW) is as shown in Figure 5-8 to 5-11.  
Figure 5-8. Input Control Register (ICR) Format (when generating V-HSW)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Address  
FF50H  
After Reset  
10H  
R/W  
R/W  
ICR SELCLR0 ECFFLVL ECMOD ECFFCLR SELDPG1 SELDPG0  
SELDPG1 SELDPG0 DPG Signal Frequency Division Specification  
R/W  
0
0
Do not divide  
Reset FF1 and FF2 of EC when writing 0  
(when reading, 1 is always read )  
ECFFCLR  
R/W  
R/W  
ECMOD Event Counter Operation Mode Selection  
Internal pulse generation mode  
1
ECFFLVL EC Output Pulse Level  
R
SELCLR0 Timer 0 Clear Pulse Selection  
R/W  
1
EC output pulse  
51  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-9. Timer 0 Output Mode Register (TOM0) Format (when generating V-HSW)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
FF58H  
After Reset  
R/W  
W
TOM0  
MOD021 MOD020 MOD011 MOD010 MOD001 MOD000  
××000000  
MOD001 MOD000 PTO00 Output Mode Specification  
Delay pulse output mode 2  
1
1
MOD0n1 MOD0n0 PTO0n Output Mode Specification (n=1, 2)  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
General-purpose output mode  
RS output mode  
Delay pulse output mode 1  
Delay pulse output mode 2  
Figure 5-10. Timer 0 Output Control Register (TOC0) Format (when generating V-HSW)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
FF59H  
After Reset  
00H  
R/W  
W
TOC0 ENHSY SELPTO ENTO02 ALV02 ENTO01 ALV01 ENTO00 ALV00  
ALV00 PTO00 Timer Output Active Level Specification  
Active high  
1
ENTO00 PTO00 Timer Output Enable Specification  
Output enabled  
1
ALV0n PTO0n Timer Output Active Level Specification  
(n = 1, 2)  
0
1
Active low  
Active high  
ENTO0n PTO0n Timer Output Enable Specification  
0
1
Output disabled (fixed to inactive level)  
Output enabled  
SELPTO  
HSYNC Superimposition Pin Specification  
0
1
Superimpose to PTO02  
Superimpose to PTO01  
ENHSY  
HSYNC Superimposition Enable to PTO0n Pin Specification  
0
1
Do not superimpose  
Superimpose  
52  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-11. Timer Control Register 0 (TMC0) Format (when generating V-HSW)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Address  
FF38H  
After Reset  
00H  
R/W  
R/W  
TMC0 CS1 SELFFLG ATMSK ENCLR1 CS0 INTTMSK  
ENCLR0  
ENCLR0 Timer 0 Clear Control  
R/W  
R/W  
1
Clear TM0 with TM0 clear signal  
INTTMSK  
HSYNC Separation Circuit Initialization Flag  
Initialize HSYNC separation circuit mask  
period measurement counter when writing 1.  
When reading, 0 is always read.  
CS0 Timer 0 Operation  
Count operation  
R/W  
R/W  
1
ENCLR1 Timer 1 Clear Control  
0
Mask CSYNC signal input.  
TM1 is not cleared.  
1
TM1 is cleared with CSYNC signal input  
ATMSK CSYNC Signal Mask Auto Cancellation Control  
R/W  
0
CSYNC signal mask is not canceled with  
TM1-CR13 coincidence signal  
1
CSYNC signal mask is canceled (set ENCLR1)  
with TM1- CR13 coincidence signal  
SELFFLG  
HSYNC Self Generation Condition  
R
0
1
Self generation pulse is not output  
Self generation pulse is output  
CS1 Timer 1 Operation Control  
R/W  
0
1
Clear and stop counting  
Count operation  
53  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.4.3 Audio head switching signal (A-HSW) generation  
(a) A-HSW generation method  
A Hi-Fi VCR requires audio head switching signal (A-HSW) because it records audio signals on the video track  
with a rotating head.  
The audio head is tilted at 270° degrees against the video head, so that A-HSW is output at 270° degrees  
against the head switching signal (V-HSW).  
A-HSW is generated, as well as V-HSW, using timer 0 pulse delay circuit. The compare register uses CR01.  
Figure 5-12. Assigning A-HSW to Timer 0  
HSW-N  
Clear  
f
CLK/8  
TM0  
Coincidence  
Coincidence  
CR00  
CR01  
PTO00 (V-HSW signal)  
PTO01 (A-HSW signal)  
A-HSW is tilted at 270° degrees, so that correction of more than 180° degrees is necessary. The delay pulse  
output mode 1 is used for 180°-degree correction of A-HSW while the delay pulse output mode 2 is used for  
V-HSW. Therefore, the delay amount to CR01 is set for the remaining 90° degrees.  
The value of V-HSW delay amount with one fourth of a cycle (90° degrees) added is set as the digital value  
to CR01.  
CR01 = CR00 + 1/4 of one V-HSW cycle (1/4 of frame cycle)  
Figure 5-13 shows the V-HSW and A-HSW timings.  
54  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-13. V-HSW and A-HSW Timings  
DPG signal input  
(DPGIN pin)  
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24  
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16  
DFG signal input  
(DFGIN pin)  
EC clear  
EC clear  
HSW-N  
internal head  
switching signal  
(Set)  
clear  
(Reset)  
clear  
(Set)  
clear  
(Reset)  
clear  
CR01  
CR00  
CR01  
CR00  
CR01  
Timer 0  
count value  
CR00  
τ
D1  
V-HSW  
(PTO00 pin)  
τ
D2  
A-HSW  
(PTO01 pin)  
(b) Timer mode settings  
Figures 5-14 to 5-16 show the timer mode settings when generating audio head switching signal (A-HSW).  
Figure 5-14. Timer 0 Output Mode Register (TOM0) Format (when generating A-HSW)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
FF58H  
After Reset  
R/W  
W
TOM0  
MOD021 MOD020 MOD011 MOD010 MOD001 MOD000  
××000000  
MOD0n1 MOD0n0 PTO0n Output Mode Specification (n = 0, 2)  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
General-purpose output mode  
RS output mode  
Delay pulse output mode 1  
Delay pulse output mode 2  
MOD011 MOD010 PTO01 Output Mode Specification  
Delay pulse output mode 1  
1
0
55  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-15. Timer 0 Output Control Register (TOC0) Format (when generating A-HSW)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
FF59H  
After Reset  
00H  
R/W  
W
TOC0 ENHSY SELPTO ENTO02 ALV02 ENTO01 ALV01 ENTO00 ALV00  
ALV0n PTO0n Timer Output Active Level Specification  
(n = 0, 2)  
0
1
Active low  
Active high  
ENTO0n PTO0n Timer Output Enable Specification (n = 0, 2)  
0
1
Output disabled (fixed to inactive level)  
Output enabled  
ALV01 PTO01 Timer Output Active Level  
Specification  
1
Active high  
ENTO01 PTO01 Timer Output Enable Specification  
1
Output enabled  
SELPTO  
HSYNC Superimposition Pin Specification  
0
1
Superimpose to PTO02  
Superimpose to PTO01  
ENHSY  
HSYNC Superimposition Enable to  
PTO0n Pin Specification  
Do not superimpose  
Superimpose  
0
1
56  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-16. Timer Control Register 0 (TMC0) Format (when generating A-HSW)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Address  
FF38H  
After Reset  
00H  
R/W  
R/W  
TMC0 CS1 SELFFLG ATMSK ENCLR1 CS0 INTTMSK  
ENCLR0  
ENCLR0 Timer 0 Clear Control  
R/W  
R/W  
1
Clear TM0 with TM0 clear signal  
INTTMSK  
H
SYNC Separation Circuit Initialization Flag  
Initialize mask period measurement counter of  
SYNC separation circuit when writing 1.  
When reading, 0 is always read.  
H
CS0 Timer 0 Operation Control  
Count Operation  
R/W  
R/W  
1
ENCLR1 Timer 1 Clear Control  
0
Mask CSYNC signal input.  
TM1 is not cleared.  
1
TM1 is cleared with CSYNC signal input  
ATMSK CSYNC Signal Mask Auto Cancellation Control  
R/W  
0
CSYNC signal mask is not canceled with  
TM1-CR13 coincidence signal  
1
CSYNC signal mask is canceled (set ENCLR1)  
with TM1-CR13 coincidence signal  
SELFFLG  
HSYNC Self Generation Condition  
R
0
1
Self generation pulse is not output  
Self generation pulse is output  
CS1 Timer 1 Operation Control  
R/W  
0
1
Clear and stop counting  
Count operation  
57  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.5 Drum Speed Control  
The drum FG signal (DFG) from the drum motor is input to DFGIN input pin of the µPD784915. The value of the  
free running counter (FRC) is captured to capture register 2 (CPT2H and CPT2L) at the rising edge of DFG and  
INTCPT2 interrupt request is generated.  
Since the FRC of the µPD784915 is 22-bit configuration and has 6 CPTs (22-bit), the measurement of generation  
cycle can be carried out for 6 types of capture trigger.  
The CPT is configured with CPT2H, which captures the higher 6 bits, and the CPT2L, which captures the lower  
16 bits.  
The FRC value is stored in CPT2H and CPT2L respectively with DFG input.  
This program uses the FRC as speed control information by DFG input.  
The drum speed error amount is calculated in INTCPT2 interrupt processing routine. In INTCPT2 interrupt  
processing routine, the cycle of FG signal is measured by subtracting the current capture value. Then, the speed  
error amount is detected by comparing the cycle data when the speed control system is locked. The concrete method  
of finding the drum speed error amount is shown below. Figure 5-18 shows an example of drum speed control timings.  
Figure 5-17. Drum Speed Error Amount Detection Method  
FRCH  
FRCL  
fCLK (8 MHz)  
DFGIN pin input  
INTCPT2  
Drum speed  
control interrupt  
CPT2H  
CPT2L  
58  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-18. Drum Speed Control Timings  
719.28 [Hz]  
(1.39 [ms])  
n–1  
n
n+1  
DFGIN  
drum FG signal  
INTCPT2  
FRC  
count  
INTCPT2  
INTCPT2  
n+1  
DV  
N
NnDV  
NnDV  
n–1  
DV  
N
When the frame frequency of TV broadcast is assumed as fF, the fF is as follows:  
• fF = 29.97 [Hz]  
Then, since the drum FG wave number is 24 poles, the drum FG signal frequency in the standard playback is as  
follows:  
• fDFG = 24 × fF = 719.28 [Hz]  
Therefore, the drum FG signal cycle NDFG becomes as follows:  
1
TDFG =  
fDFG  
TDFG  
1
NDFG =  
=
= 11122.2 = 2B72H [Count]  
TFRC  
TFRC × fDFG  
Where: TFRC = 125 [ns]  
The drum speed error amount EDV is represented by the following expression:  
n
EDV = (NDV – NDVn–1) – NDFG  
n
= NDV – NDFG  
59  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
n
In the above expression, NDV represents the value of the free running counter (FRC) captured at the n-th FG pulse.  
The meanings of the signs for the drum speed error amount EDV calculated from the expression above are as follows:  
(1) When DFG cycle is longer than the target value...+  
(when the rotation of the drum motor is slow)  
(2) When DFG cycle is shorter than the target value...–  
(when the rotation of the drum motor is fast)  
5.6 Drum Phase Control  
The drum phase error amount is detected by comparing the capture value (CPT1) of the free running counter (FRC)  
by the internal head switching signal (HSW-N) and the FRC capture value (CPT0) by the reference frame cycle (VSYNC  
for recording, the coincidence of timer 0 and compare register 10 (CR10) for playback).  
Basically, the only difference between the processing for recording and for playback is that the capture source of  
the capture 0 (CPT0) of FRC is switched.  
5.6.1 Phase reference  
Timer 1 of the Super Timer Unit is used to generate the phase/reference signal of the servo system in all the modes.  
The TM1 operation differs for recording and for playback.  
Figure 5-19 shows the TM1 peripheral circuit. The setting of selectors differs for recording and playback.  
[For recording]  
When recording, TM1 is operated as an interval timer synchronized with the frame cycle of TV broadcast.  
Composite synchronizing signal is input for CSYNCIN input pin. TM1 is cleared at the rising edge of the composite  
synchronizing signal using a digital noise elimination circuit incorporated in the CPU. Thus, timer 1 is operated  
as a frame synchronous interval timer synchronized with vertical synchronous signal input externally.  
Approximately 90% of the frame sync of the CSYNCIN pin input should be masked so that misoperation caused  
by noise, etc., is prevented.  
[For playback]  
When playing back, TM1 is operated as a free running interval timer which has the frequency equal to the frame  
cycle of TV broadcast. The value corresponding to the frame cycle is stored in CR10 of TM1 because vertical  
synchronous signal is not externally input when playing back.  
When playing back, TM1 clear timing is the reference signal of phase control. The phase reference signal is the  
TM1 clear timing.  
60  
Figure 5-19. Timer 1 Peripheral Circuit  
Event  
counter  
output  
(Selector)  
INTCLR1  
CSYNC signal  
(Selector)  
input edge  
fCLK  
FRC  
Digital noise  
elimination circuit  
block  
CSYNCIN  
(VSYNC signal)  
Composite  
synchronizing  
signal input  
TM1-CR10  
coincidence  
signal  
CPT0  
CPT1  
Internal head switching signal  
(HSW-N)  
INTCPT1  
TM1 clear signal  
TMC0  
EN  
CLR1  
Clear  
AT  
MSK  
f
CLK/8  
TM1  
CR10  
CR13  
INTCR10  
INTCR13  
Coincidence  
Coincidence  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
(1) Phase reference for playback  
When playing back, ENCLR1 flag is reset and timer 1 (TM1) clear by CLR1 input is always disabled. Data  
which makes the TM1 clear interval equal to the frame cycle is set to compare register 10 (CR10). Thereby,  
TM1 is operated as a free running interval timer having the frequency equal to the frame cycle.  
Figure 5-20 shows the TM1 operation timings for playback.  
Since the reference frame cycle is 33.366 [ms], the set value of CR10 is as follows:  
33.366 [ms]  
CR10 =  
= 33366 = 8256H  
1.0 [µs]  
Figure 5-21 shows the mode settings of timer 1 for playback.  
62  
Figure 5-20. Example of Timer 1 Operation Timings (for playback)  
Coincides with CR10  
(Clear)  
CR10 = 8256H  
(Clear)  
Coincides with CR10  
(Clear)  
Coincides with CR10  
(Clear)  
Frame cycle  
(33.37 ms)  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-21. Timer Control Register 0 (TMC0) Format (drum phase control for playback)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Address  
FF38H  
After Reset  
00H  
R/W  
R/W  
TMC0 CS1 SELFFLG ATMSK ENCLR1 CS0 INTTMSK  
ENCLR0  
ENCLR0 Timer 0 Clear Control  
R/W  
0
Mask timer 0 clear signal.  
TM0 is not cleared.  
1
TM0 is cleared by TM0 clear signal  
INTTMSK  
HSYNC Separation Circuit Initialization Flag  
R/W  
R/W  
When writing 1, mask period measurement  
counter of HSYNC separation circuit is initialized.  
When reading, 0 is always read.  
CS0 Timer 0 Operation Control  
0
1
Clear and stops counting  
Count operation  
ENCLR1 Timer 1 Clear Control  
R/W  
R/W  
0
Mask CSYNC signal input.  
TM1 is not cleared.  
ATMSK CSYNC Signal Mask Auto Cancellation Control  
0
CSYNC signal mask is not canceled by  
TM1-CR13 coincidence signal  
1
CSYNC signal mask is canceled by TM1-CR13  
coincidence signal (ENCLR1 is set).  
SELFFLG  
HSYNC Self Generation Condition  
R
0
1
Self generation pulse is not output  
Self generation pulse is output  
CS1 Timer 1 Operation Control  
Count operation  
R/W  
1
64  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
(2) Phase reference for recording  
When recording, timer 1 (TM1) is operated as an interval timer synchronized with a vertical synchronizing  
signal. Figure 5-22 shows an example of TM1 operation timings for recording.  
Composite synchronizing signals are input from the video processing circuit to the CSYNCIN input pin. The  
composite synchronizing signal includes cut-in pulse, equalizing pulse, and horizontal synchronizing signal,  
as well as vertical synchronizing signal, so that vertical synchronizing signal needs to be separated from these  
signals. The digital noise elimination circuit incorporated in the µPD784915 is used for this purpose.  
By using the digital noise elimination circuit, it is possible to clear TM1 at the rising edge of the vertical  
synchronizing signal included in the composite synchronizing signal and generate interrupt for INTCLR1.  
TM1 is cleared in synchronization with the falling edge of the vertical synchronizing signal in the composite  
synchronizing signal input to the CSYNCIN pin. If noise is mixed in the composite synchronizing signal input  
to the CSYNCIN pin, TM1 clear may be mistakenly carried out. TM1 clear by CSYNCIN input is disabled for  
the certain period of time using the ENCLR1 flag and compare register 13 (CR13) in CSYNCIN input which  
controls TM1 clear enable/disable. Figure 5-23 shows the timer 1 mode setting for recording.  
In this program, TM1 clear input disabled time is set to approximately 90% of the frame cycle after inputting  
a separated vertical synchronizing signal.  
Since the frame cycle is 33.36 [ms], the time 90% of it is calculated as follows:  
33.36 × 0.9 = 30.03 [ms]  
In this program, the mask period is set with CR13 so that interrupt is generated at a point which is 90% of  
a field cycle. Since the TM1 count clock frequency is fCLK/8 = (1.0 [µs]), the value set for CR13 is as follows:  
30.03 [ms]  
CR13 =  
= 30030 = 754EH  
1.0 [µs]  
When the ATMSK flag, which controls CSYNCIN signal mask auto cancellation, is set, 754EH is set to CR13,  
and the timer is started, ENCLR1 control bit is set when 90% of a field cycle is passed. If ENCLR1 control  
bit is controlled, CSYNCIN pin input is masked for the 90% period of time of a frame cycle.  
If, for some reason, vertical synchronizing signal is not input, the compare register 10 (CR10) value is set so  
that clear is executed at a cycle approximately equal to the frame cycle by coincidence signal of CR10 of timer  
1 and timer 1. In this case, CR10 is set with additional 3% of the frame cycle. Therefore, as the frame frequency  
is 29.97 [Hz] (33.36 [µs]), the set cycle is as follows:  
33.36 × 1.03 = 34.37 [ms]  
65  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Since the count clock frequency of timer 1 is fCLK/8 = (1.0 [µs]), the set value to CR10 is as follows:  
34.37 [ms]  
CR10 =  
= 34370 = 8642H  
1.0 [µs]  
66  
Figure 5-22. Example of Timer 1 Operation Timings (for recording)  
Field cycle  
59.94 (Hz)  
(16.68 ms)  
Missing vertical synchronizing  
signal occurs  
Vertical synchronizing  
signal after separation  
CR10 = 8642H  
CR13 = 754EH  
(Clear)  
(Clear)  
Clear at coincidence  
Coincidence  
with CR10  
with CR13  
Frame cycle  
29.97(Hz)  
(33.37 ms)  
(Window)  
(Window)  
(Window)  
“1”  
ENCLR1  
bit  
“0”  
(Mask)  
(Mask)  
(Mask)  
90% of frame cycle is masked  
(mask time is set with CR13)  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-23. Timer Control Register 0 (TMC0) Format (drum phase control for recording)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Address  
FF38H  
After Reset  
00H  
R/W  
R/W  
TMC0 CS1 SELFFLG ATMSK ENCLR1 CS0 INTTMSK  
ENCLR0  
ENCLR0 Timer 0 Clear Control  
R/W  
0
Mask timer 0 clear signal.  
TM0 is not cleared.  
1
TM0 is cleared by TM0 clear signal  
INTTMSK  
HSYNC Separation Circuit Initialization Flag  
R/W  
R/W  
When writing 1, HSYNC separation circuit mask  
period measurement counter is initialized.  
When reading, 0 is always read.  
CS0 Timer 0 Operation Control  
0
1
Clear and stops counting  
Count operation  
ENCLR1 Timer 1 Clear Control  
R/W  
R/W  
1
TM1 is cleared by CSYNC signal input  
ATMSK CSYNC Signal Mask Auto Cancellation Control  
1
CSYNC signal mask is canceled by TM1-CR13  
coincidence signal (ENCLR1 is set)  
SELFFLG  
HSYNC Self Generation Condition  
R
0
1
Self generation pulse is not output  
Self generation pulse is output  
CS1 Timer 1 Operation Control  
Count operation  
R/W  
1
68  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.6.2 Drum phase control for playback  
For drum phase control for playback, drum motor rotation phase is synchronized with a reference timer which has  
the frequency equal to the TV broadcast frame cycle fF.  
Timer 1 (TM1) of Super Timer Unit is used for the reference timer as mentioned earlier.  
For VHS standards, the locking point of the drum phase in this program is specified as 6.5H before the phase  
reference signal.  
1H, here, shows one cycle of horizontal synchronizing signal (1H = 63.56 [µs]).  
Figure 5-24 shows the use of timer for drum phase control for playback. Figure 5-25 shows the drum phase control  
timing chart for playback.  
Figure 5-24. Use of Timer for Drum Phase Control (for playback)  
FRC  
Capture  
CPT0  
(Clear)  
TM1  
Operates as a reference timer  
for generating phase reference  
signal for playback  
CR10  
INTCR10  
69  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-25. Drum Phase Control Timing (for playback)  
HSW-N  
V-HSW  
(PTO00)  
HSW pulse  
delay amount  
Phase lock  
delay amount  
CR10  
INTCR10  
(Drum phase error  
amount detection)  
CPT0  
Coincidence signal  
with TM1 and CR10  
CPT1  
HSW-N  
falling edge  
70  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
The drum phase error amount detection method is shown below.  
The count value of free running counter (FRC) is stored in the capture register 1 (CPT1) at the falling edge of internal  
head switching signal (HSW-N).  
INTCR10 interrupt is generated at the coincidence timing with the count value of timer 1 (TM1) and compare register  
10 (CR10). The value of FRC is, at the same time, stored in CPT0.  
The drum phase error amount EDP is shown in the expression below. Figure 5-26 shows the method to set CPT0  
and CPT1 capture trigger source.  
EDP = ( (CPT0 value) – (CPT1 value) ) – NDPL  
NDPL, here, is the target value of drum phase control.  
The count clock of the capture registers of CPT0 and CPT1 is 125 [ns] of FRC. However, since timer 0 (TM0)  
to generate head switching signal (V-HSW), which is the object of comparison, is 1 [µs], CPT1 is subtracted from  
CPT 0, and then the result is made 1/4 so that data can be handled in 16 bits.  
The sampling clock cycle of drum phase error, hereafter, is calculated as 0.5 [µs].  
The target value of the drum phase control NDPL is the remainder of the subtraction between CPT0 and CPT1,  
therefore, calculated with the following expression.  
Video head  
NDPL = switching pulse  
delay amount  
Delay amount  
for half a frame  
cycle  
Delay amount  
for 6.5H  
Delay for VSYNC  
separation  
+
+
+
Each value of the above expression is calculated here.  
(1) The digital value equivalent to the head switching signal (V-HSW) delay amount  
The digital value equivalent to the head switching signal (V-HSW) is calculated. The V-HSW delay is stored  
in compare register 00 (CR00) of timer 0 as the delay amount from HSW-N. The TM0 sampling clock frequency  
is twice as large as that of the drum phase error. Therefore, the value equivalent to V-HSW delay amount  
when counted with FRC is twice as large as the value set in CR00.  
(2) The delay amount for half a frame cycle  
The half of a frame cycle TF/2 is stored in CR10, therefore:  
CR10/2 = 16.68 [ms]  
The above value is counted with the sampling clock cycle 0.5 [µs] of drum phase error as follows:  
71  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
CR10/2  
= CR10  
0.5 [µs]  
(3) The delay amount for 6.5H  
1H = 63.56 [µs], therefore, the time for 6.5 H is:  
63.56 × 6.5 = 413.14 [µs]  
Therefore, if counted with the drum phase error sampling clock:  
413 [µs]  
= 826  
0.5 [µs]  
(4) The delay for VSYNC separation  
Drum control system for recording uses the vertical synchronizing signal VSYNC as the phase reference signal.  
VSYNC, here, is acquired by being separated from the composite synchronizing signal in order to make the phase  
control system program for playback and recording equal.  
The delay time for VSYNC separation is with the time for the separation is considered.  
µPD784915 is equipped with digital noise elimination circuit, so that 13.5 [µs] (INTTM2.4 = 0) of the delay is  
the delay for VSYNC separation.  
If the time for 13.5 [µs] necessary for VSYNC separation is counted with the sampling clock of the drum phase  
error, the value is as follows:  
13.5 [µs]  
= 27  
0.5 [µs]  
From above, NDPL is calculated as follows:  
NDPL = (CR00 × 2) + (CR10) + 826 + 27  
= (CR00 × 2) + (CR10) + 355H  
The drum phase error amount is calculated from the free running counter (FRC) value (CPT1) captured at  
the falling edge of the internal head switching signal (HSW-N) and the FRC value (CPT0) captured at the timer  
1 (TM1) clear timing.  
Therefore, the capture trigger selector of CPT0 is switched so that the CPT0 capture trigger source becomes  
the coincidence signal of the TM1 value and compare register 10 (CR10).  
72  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Timer 1 (TM1) is used as a reference timer which is cleared with frame cycle. The value set to CR10 of TM1  
is as follows:  
33.366 [ms]  
CR10 =  
= 33366 = 8256H  
1.0 [µs]  
Figure 5-26. Capture Mode Register (CPTM) Format  
7
6
5
4
3
0
2
1
0
Address  
FF53H  
After Reset  
00H  
R/W  
R/W  
CPTM FCPT5 FCPT4 TRGS011 TRGS010  
TRGS120 TRGS001 TRGS000  
TRGS001 TRGS000 CPT0 Capture Trigger Specification  
R/W  
0
0
TM1-CR10 coincidence signal  
CR12 Capture Trigger Specification  
TRGS120  
R/W  
PBCTL signal input edge detection signal  
(signal specified with bits 6 and 7 of INTM1)  
0
CFG signal input frequency dividing signal  
(EDV-EDVC coincidence signal)  
1
TRGS011 TRGS010 CPT1 Capture Trigger Specification  
R/W  
R
0
0
Falling edge of timer 0 clear pulse  
FCPT4 CPT4 Capture Flag  
0
1
CPT4 is not captured  
CPT4 is captured  
FCPT5 CPT5 Capture Flag  
R
0
1
CPT5 is not captured  
CPT5 is captured  
73  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.6.3 Drum phase control for recording  
For drum phase control for recording, the rotational phase of the drum motor is synchronized with vertical  
synchronizing signal externally input.  
The point of phase lock is where the rising and falling edges of the head switching signal (V-HSW) are 6.5H before  
the vertical synchronizing signal, which complies with VHS standard. However, the time required for VSYNC separation,  
as mentioned in the section about the control for playback, must be taken in consideration.  
Figure 5-27 shows the use of the timer in drum phase control for recording. Figure 5-28 shows the drum phase  
control timing chart for recording.  
When recording, the phase error amount is calculated from the free running counter (FRC) value (CPT1) captured  
at the falling edge of internal head switching signal (HSW-N) and the FRC value (CPT0) captured at the falling edge  
of the vertical synchronizing signal input from the CSYNCIN pin.  
The phase error amount detection method is described below.  
The method to capture the FRC value in CPT1 only at the falling edge of HSW-N is the same as for playback.  
On the other hand, the CPT0 capture operation is performed when the vertical synchronizing signal is input to the  
CSYNCIN input pin, and TM1 is cleared simultaneously. In fact, the phase error detection is performed in frame cycle,  
so that TM1 clearance by inputting CSYNC is masked for the 90% time period of a frame cycle.  
Compare register 13 (CR13) is used for the setting of the mask time.  
Figure 5-29 shows the CPT0 and CPT1 capture trigger source setting method for recording.  
The phase error amount is detected in INTCLR1 interrupt processing. The phase error amount EDP is calculated  
as follows:  
EDP = ( (CPT0 value) – (CPT1 value) ) – NDPL  
NDPL, here, is the difference between CPT0 and CPT1 when the drum phase control is locked, that is, the target  
value of the phase control.  
The difference between CPT0 and CPT1 when the phase is locked, is the sum of head switching signal delay  
amount, frame half cycle, VHS standard 6.5H delay, and the delay amount for VSYNC separation.  
74  
Figure 5-27. Use of Timer for Drum Phase Control (for recording)  
Digital noise  
elimination  
circuit  
CSYNCIN  
INTCLR1  
(Composite synchronizing signal)  
Phase reference signal input  
Selector  
FRC  
Capture  
CPT0  
TMC0  
EN  
CLR1  
Clear  
AT  
MSK  
TM1  
Timer 1 operates as a buffer  
oscillator to correctly capture  
the contents of FRC even  
when phase reference signal  
input is missing.  
CR10  
CR13  
INTCR10  
INTCR13  
Coincidence  
Coincidence  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-28. Drum Phase Control Timing (for recording)  
HSW - N  
V-HSW  
(PTO00)  
(Mask)  
(Mask)  
(Mask)  
VSYNC  
VSYNC missing  
V-HSW pulse  
delay amount  
Phase lock  
delay amount  
Coincides with CR10  
CR10  
(Drum phase error amount detection)  
INTCLR1  
(Drum phase error  
amount detection)  
CPT0  
CPT1  
CPT0  
VSYNC  
rising edge  
CPT1  
HSW-N  
falling edge  
Remark Phase lock delay amount: value determined by VCR standard  
76  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-29. Capture Mode Register (CPTM) Format  
7
6
5
4
3
0
2
1
0
Address  
FF53H  
After Reset  
00H  
R/W  
R/W  
CPTM FCPT5 FCPT4 TRGS011 TRGS010  
TRGS120 TRGS001 TRGS000  
TRGS001 TRGS000 CPT0 Capture Trigger Specification  
R/W  
1
0
TM1 Clear Signal  
CR12 Capture Trigger Specification  
TRGS120  
R/W  
PBCTL signal input edge detection signal  
(signal specified with bits 6 and 7 of INTM1)  
0
CFG signal input frequency dividing signal  
(EDV-EDVC coincidence signal)  
1
TRGS011 TRGS010 CPT1 Capture Trigger Specification  
R/W  
R
0
0
Falling edge of timer 0 clear pulse  
FCPT4 CPT4 Capture Flag  
0
1
CPT4 is not captured  
CPT4 is captured  
FCPT5 CPT5 Capture Flag  
R
0
1
CPT5 is not captured  
CPT5 is captured  
77  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
The µPD784915 uses vertical synchronizing signal (VSYNC) as phase reference signal. Therefore, digital noise  
elimination circuit is used to separate only vertical synchronizing signals from composite synchronizing signals. In  
this application example, the amount of time required for VSYNC of digital noise elimination circuit is 13.5 [µs].  
The count value of drum phase error for 6.5H sampling clock is 826.  
The count value for 13.5 [µs] required for VSYNC separation is shown in the following expression:  
13.5 [µs]  
= 27  
0.5 [µs]  
Therefore, the target value is represented with the expressions as follows:  
Digital value  
Delay amount  
for half a frame  
cycle  
equivalent to  
video head  
switching pulse  
delay amount  
Delay for VSYNC  
separation  
Delay amount  
for 6.5H  
NDPL =  
+
+
+
= (CR00 × 2) + (CR10) + 826 + 27  
= (CR00 × 2) + (CR10) + 355H  
This expression is the same as that for phase error amount for playback.  
78  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.7 Capstan Speed Control  
Delay of capstan speed error amount is carried out, as well as drum speed control, by capturing the free running  
counter (FRC) value at the capstan FG signal input edge.  
The capstan FG signal (CFG) is input to the DFGIN input pin. INTCPT3 interrupt request occurs simultaneously  
with the capture of the FRC value to CPT3 at the CFG edge input.  
The difference from drum speed control is that CFG frequency fCF varies according to the tape running mode. In  
this set, the CFG frequency for normal playing back is as follows:  
• SP mode : 1080.00 [Hz]  
• LP mode : 540.00 [Hz]  
• EP mode : 360.00 [Hz]  
In order to equalize error detection gain in the servo system according to each running mode, CFG is divided with  
the 8-bit event divider control register (EDVC) incorporated in the CFGIN pin input of the Super Timer Unit.  
Since this counter operates as the event divider of the DFGIN pin input pulse, the detection cycle in the SP mode  
becomes the same as that in the EP mode if CFG is divided by one third.  
Figure 5-30 shows the capstan speed detection method. Figure 5-31 shows the capstan speed control timing chart.  
The capstan speed error ECV is calculated in the INTCPT3 interrupt request processing routine.  
The expression is as follows:  
n
n
n
NCV  
= NCV  
– NCV  
n
n
n
ECV  
= NCVL  
NCV  
NCVL, here, is the target value of capstan speed control.  
The CFG frequency fCF in the EP mode is as follows:  
fCF = 360.00 [Hz]  
fCFEP = 360.00 [Hz]  
Therefore, it becomes the CFG frequency in the SP mode, and the CFG cycle fCF is calculated with the following  
expressions:  
fCFSP/3 = 360.00  
fCF/3 = 239.7602093 [Hz]  
TCF = 2.7778 [ms]  
79  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
The time interval counted by the free running counter (FRC) becomes the target value NCFL of capstan FG signal  
(CFG). Since the FRC count pulse cycle (TFRC) is 125 [ns], NCFL is as follows:  
2.778 [ms]  
NCFL =  
= 22222 = 56CEH  
125 [ns]  
The meaning of the signs for capstan speed error amount ECV is shown below:  
(1) When CFG cycle is longer than the target value...–  
(when the rotation of capstan motor is slow)  
(2) When CFG cycle is shorter than the target value...+  
(when the rotation of capstan motor is fast)  
80  
Figure 5-30. Capstan Speed Detection Method  
FRC  
fCLK/4  
Clear  
Capstan FG signal  
CFGIN  
Capture  
EDV  
8-bit counter  
CPT3  
INTCPT3  
(Capstan speed control interrupt)  
EDVC  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-31. Capstan Speed Control Timing  
360.00 Hz  
(2.78 ms)  
Capstan FG signal  
EP mode  
(CFGIN)  
SP mode  
(CFGIN)  
1/3 frequency  
divide with EDVC  
1080.00 Hz  
(0.93 ms)  
INTCPT3  
n
NCV  
INTCPT3  
n
NCV  
n–1  
NCV  
82  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.8 Capstan Phase Control  
The phase detection of the capstan motor is performed by compare register 12 (CR12), and capstan phase control  
is performed by the INTCR12 interrupt routine.  
The control method differs for playback and recording. The control method for each case is explained below.  
5.8.1 Capstan phase control for playback  
The purpose of capstan phase control for playback is to keep the phase relation constant between the playback  
control signal (PBCTL) and the head switching signal (V-HSW) acquired when playing back.  
The relation between timer 1 (TM1), which is the reference timer in drum phase control, and V-HSW is already  
kept constant (refer to 5.6.2 Drum phase control for playback). Therefore, the phase relation between V-HSW and  
PBCTL is indirectly kept constant by keeping the phase relation between TM1 and PBCTL constant (refer to Figure  
5-32).  
Figure 5-32. Model of Capstan Phase Control  
V-HSW  
Timer 1  
PBCTL  
Keep phase constant  
(drum phase control)  
Keep phase constant  
(capstan phase control)  
Phase is indirectly kept constant  
In capstan phase control for playback, the selector is selected so that PBCTL signal is set to CR12 of timer 1. Figure  
5-33 shows the capstan phase error detection method for playback. Figure 5-34 shows how to set the capture trigger  
source of CR12 for playback.  
In capstan phase control, the lock point is the point tilted for the amount of time from video head to control head  
(x value correction amount). The x value correction amount differs according to the VCR sets and the tape running  
mode.  
Figures 5-35 to 5-37 show the phase control timing charts. The phase error amount ECP is calculated from the  
following expression.  
ECP = (Value captured by PBCTL signal) – NCPL  
= (CR12 value) – NCPL  
NCPL : capstan phase control target value  
The capstan phase control target value (NCPL), here, is the TM1 value captured in CR12 when the phase is locked.  
Taking it into account that the phase between the video head position (V-HSW timing) and the reference timer is 6.5H,  
NCPL is calculated as follows:  
83  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
NCPL  
=
(x value correction amount) – 6.5H + tracking adjustment amount  
TTM1  
= (x value correction amount) – 6.5H + tracking adjustment amount  
8/fCLK  
=
(x value correction amount) – 6.5H × 63.55 [µsec] + tracking adjustment amount  
8/8[MHz]  
If the phase control range is set equally for both advance/delay directions centered in the phase lock, the amount  
of time before the phase lock is shortened. In other words, in the condition of Figure 5-36, the distance to the lock  
point is shorter if the condition is considered as advanced rather than delayed so that the amount of time before the  
phase lock is shorter. Concretely, the NF/2 range (NF: the full count value of timer 1: CR10 set value) is regarded  
as it is, centered in the locking point, and the value corrected by adding NF to (or subtracting NF from) the value captured  
is used for the other range.  
In addition, digital filter arithmetic is performed to the capstan phase error amount acquired here so that the result  
is used for the phase control.  
84  
Figure 5-33. Capstan Phase Error Detection Method (for playback)  
Clear  
TM1  
f
CLK/8  
(1 MHz)  
Coincidence  
CR10  
PBCTL signal  
CR12  
INTCR12  
(Capstan phase control interrupt)  
Capture  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-34. Capture Mode Register (CPTM) Format  
7
6
5
4
3
0
2
1
0
Address  
FF53H  
After Reset  
00H  
R/W  
R/W  
CPTM FCPT5 FCPT4 TRGS011 TRGS010  
TRGS120 TRGS001 TRGS000  
TRGS001 TRGS000 CPT0 Capture Trigger Specification  
R/W  
0
0
0
1
TM1-CR10 coincidence signal  
CSYNC signal input edge detection  
signal  
1
1
0
1
TM1 clear signal  
OR of TM1-CR10 coincidence signal  
and CSYNC signal input edge  
detection signal  
CR12 Capture Trigger Specification  
TRGS120  
R/W  
R/W  
PBCTL signal input edge detection signal  
0
TRGS011 TRGS010 CPT1 Capture Trigger Specification  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Falling edge of timer 0 clear pulse  
Rising edge of timer 0 clear pulse  
Setting prohibited  
Both falling/rising edge of timer 0  
clear pulse  
FCPT4 CPT4 Capture Flag  
R
R
0
1
CPT4 is not captured  
CPT4 is captured  
FCPT5 CPT5 Capture Flag  
0
1
CPT5 is not captured  
CPT5 is captured  
86  
Figure 5-35. Capstan Phase Control Timing (playback mode, phase locked)  
V-HSW  
If this section is assumed to  
be placed in the section  
6.5 H  
indicated with the broken line  
Timer 1  
clear  
Timer 1  
clear  
below, the control ranges of  
phase advanced and phase  
delayed are the same.  
Timer 1  
clear  
Phase advanced  
area  
Phase delayed area (N  
F/2)  
Capture  
CR12  
Capture CR12  
Capture CR12  
Phase advanced area  
Virtual phase advanced area  
(N /2)  
F
Target value  
x value  
PBCTL  
Figure 5-36. Capstan Phase Control Timing (playback mode, phase delayed)  
V-HSW  
6.5 H  
Timer 1  
clear  
Timer 1  
clear  
Timer 1  
clear  
Phase advanced  
area  
Capture  
CR12  
Phase delayed area (N  
F/2)  
Capture  
CR12  
Capture  
CR12  
Error amount  
Phase advanced area  
Virtual phase advanced area  
(N /2)  
F
Target value  
x value  
PBCTL  
Phase lock point  
Phase lock point  
Phase lock point  
Figure 5-37. Capstan Phase Control Timing (playback mode, phase advanced)  
V-HSW  
6.5 H  
Timer 1  
clear  
Capture  
CR12  
Timer 1  
clear  
Timer 1  
clear  
Capture  
CR12  
Phase advanced  
area  
Capture  
CR12  
Error amount 1  
Phase delayed area (NF/2)  
Phase advanced area  
Error  
amount 2  
Virtual phase advanced area (NF/2)  
Target value  
x value  
PBCTL  
Phase lock point  
Phase lock point  
Phase lock point  
Remark Error amount 1 > error amount 2, therefore, error amount 2 is used as the error amount.  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.8.2 Capstan phase control for recording  
The capstan control for recording is performed by dividing capstan FG signal (CFG). As long as the capstan motor  
is steadily rotating while recording, it is not necessary to consider absolute phase.  
Figure 5-38 shows the capstan phase error detection method for recording. Figure 5-39 shows the method of setting  
the capture trigger source of compare register 12 (CR12) for recording. The capstan phase control for recording,  
as well as for playback, uses the CR12 and INTCR12 interrupts. Although a value is captured in CR12 every time  
CFG is input, CFG has to be divided because only one captured value is needed for one frame. In actuality, the input  
is not divided but interrupt is divided using the macro service counter mode, and the CR12 value when a vectored  
interrupt is generated is used. The number of frequency division is the same as the FG wave number (in EP mode).  
CFG input is triple divided by event divider control register (EDVC) in SP mode. Therefore, the required value is  
acquired by dividing the interrupt for the capstan FG wave number in EP mode.  
Figure 5-40 shows the phase control timing chart.  
Capstan phase error amount is calculated in the same way as for playback.  
ECP = (Captured value by CFG frequency dividing signal) – NCPL  
= (CR12 value) – NCPL  
Remark NCPL: capstan phase control target value  
However, since there is not an absolute phase for recording, target value NCPL can be any value.  
Capstan phase control range is determined in the same way as for playback.  
Further, digital filter arithmetic is performed to the capstan phase error amount acquired from the above calculation,  
and the result is used for phase control.  
90  
Figure 5-38. Capstan Phase Error Detection Method (for recording)  
CSYNCIN  
(VSYNC  
)
Clear  
TM1  
f
CLK/8  
(1 MHz)  
Coincidence  
CR10  
Clear  
EVD  
8-bit counter  
CFGIN  
(Capstan FG signal)  
CR12  
INTCR12  
Capture  
(Capstan phase control interrupt)  
Number of interrupt occurrence is  
divided by counter mode macro  
service  
EDVC  
Coincidence  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-39. Capture Mode Register (CPTM) Format  
7
6
5
4
3
0
2
1
0
Address  
FF53H  
After Reset  
00H  
R/W  
R/W  
CPTM FCPT5 FCPT4 TRGS011 TRGS010  
TRGS120 TRGS001 TRGS000  
TRGS001 TRGS000 CPT0 Capture Trigger Specification  
R/W  
0
0
0
1
TM1-CR10 coincidence signal  
CSYNC signal input edge detection  
signal  
1
1
0
1
TM1 clear signal  
OR of TM1-CR10 coincidence signal  
and CSYNC signal input edge  
detection signal  
CR12 Capture Trigger Specification  
TRGS120  
R/W  
R/W  
CFG signal input dividing signal  
(EDV-EDVC coincidence signal)  
1
TRGS011 TRGS010 CPT1 Capture Trigger Specification  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Falling edge of timer 0 clear pulse  
Rising edge of timer 0 clear pulse  
Setting prohibited  
Both falling/rising edges of timer 0  
clear pulse  
FCPT4 CPT4 Capture Flag  
R
R
0
1
CPT4 is not captured  
CPT4 is captured  
FCPT5 CPT5 Capture Flag  
0
1
CPT5 is not captured  
CPT5 is captured  
92  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-40. Capstan Phase Control Timing (for recording)  
1 2 3 4  
36 1  
CFG  
SP mode  
EDVC  
(1/3)  
CFG  
EP mode  
Macro service  
(1/12)  
0
11  
10  
9
8
2
1
0
11  
10  
9
8
Note  
Macro service  
counter value  
INTCR12  
interrupt  
request  
(Capture)  
(Capture)  
(Clear)  
(Clear)  
0
VSYNC  
(CSYNCIN)  
Note The arrows have the following meanings.  
(Solid line) : vectored interrupt  
(Broken line): macro service  
93  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.9 Recording Control Signal Generation  
Recording control signal (RECCTL) is a signal synchronized with head switching signal (V-HSW) and recorded  
on the control track for recording. The RECCTL cycle is equal to TF and the duty is normally 60% (27.5% for index  
signal, may become other duty).  
RECCTL rising timing tRECR is the point tilted for the amount of time from video head to control head (x value  
correction amount).  
The x value correction amount differs according to the VCR sets and the tape running mode.  
The RECCTL write timing is calculated as follows:  
(1) [RECCTL rising timing (tRECR)]  
RECCTL rising timing (tRECR) is the point tilted for the amount of time from the video head position to control  
head (x value correction amount). The video head position has the phase tilted for 6.5H from the reference  
timer. Therefore, tRECR is represented as follows:  
tRECR = (x value correction amount) – 6.5H – τd  
Remark τd : digital noise elimination circuit (VSYNC separation) delay time (80/fCLK or 128/fCLK)  
0 if not using digital noise elimination circuit  
(2) RECCTL falling timing (tRECF)  
RECCTL falling timing (tRECF) is the point tilted for 60% of the frame frequency from rising timing.  
tRECF = tRECR + (60% of frame frequency)  
= [(x value correction amount) – 6.5H – τd] + (TF × 0.6)  
Remark τd : digital noise elimination circuit (VSYNC separation) delay time (80/fCLK or 128/fCLK)  
0 if not using digital noise elimination circuit  
TF : TV broadcast frame frequency (33.36 msec: NTSC)  
First, connect directly the µPD784915 and control head as shown in Figure 5-41 and set registers so that RECCTL  
write circuit is used.  
94  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-41. Connection of µPD784915 and Control Head  
µPD784915  
RECCTL+  
RECCTL–  
Control head  
The recording control signal (RECCTL) driver of the µPD784915 has the REC mode, which is used for RECCTL  
signal write. Figure 5-42 shows RECCTL driver configuration.  
Figure 5-42. RECCTL Driver Block Diagram  
Internal bus  
Write strobe signal  
TOM1  
AMPM0  
DRV SEL SEL SEL  
MOD 13 11 30  
EN  
REC  
SEL  
CTLD  
Initialization  
CTLDLY  
ANI11  
INTCR11  
RECCTL control  
INTCR13  
INTCR30  
RECCTL output  
RECCTL+  
RECCTL–  
CTL  
head  
The REC mode sequence of RECCTL driver operates RECCTL+ pin and RECCTL– pin as shown in Table 5-2.  
Therefore, RECCTL signal write is realized taking only the interrupt occurrence timing, which is a trigger signal, into  
consideration.  
Table 5-2. RECCTL Driver REC Mode Sequence  
Sequence  
RECCTL+  
Low level  
High level  
RECCTL–  
High level  
Low level  
0
1
Figure 5-43 shows an example of RECCTL signal writing operation timings.  
95  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-43. Example of RECCTL Signal Writing Operation Timings  
TM1  
CR11 rewrite  
CR11 rewrite  
INTCR11  
CR11 rewrite  
CR11 rewrite  
CR11 rewrite  
CR11 rewrite  
TOM1 write  
(Sequence initialized)  
Sequence  
ENREC bit  
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
RECCTL+  
RECCTL–  
When  
When  
writing  
endsNote  
writing  
startsNote  
CTL signal  
written  
Note R/W to TOM1 register is not executed until approximately 800 µs from the setting of ENREC = 1 (start of REC  
mode), or ENREC = 0 (end of REC mode).  
Caution  
Keep CTL amplifier in operation (ENCTL (AMPC.1) = 1) even while REC driver is operating.  
96  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
The case using only compare register 11 (CR11) as a register for setting timing is explained here.  
Set Timer 1 output mode register (TOM1) to use CR11 as shown in Figure 5-44. Then, write the value corresponding  
to rising timing to CR11. When timer register 1 (TM1) coincides with CR11, the rising edge is recorded and INTCR11  
interrupt occurs. Rewrite the value to the value corresponding to the falling timing. And the falling edge is recorded  
at the next coincidence of TM1 and CR11, then write again the value corresponding to the rising timing to CR11. By  
repeating this procedure, RECCTL can be recorded.  
Figure 5-45 shows the timing chart.  
97  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-44. Timer 1 Output Mode Register (TOM1) Format  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
FF5AH  
After Reset  
80H  
R/W  
R/W  
TOM1 DRVMOD SEL13 SEL11 SEL30 MOD111 MOD110 MOD101 MOD100  
MOD101 MOD100 PTO10 Output Mode Specification  
R/W  
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
General purpose output mode  
Setting prohibited  
Delay pulse output mode 1  
Delay pulse output mode 2  
MOD111 MOD110 PTO11 Output Mode Specification  
W
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
General purpose output mode  
Setting prohibited  
Delay pulse output mode 1  
Delay pulse output mode 2  
SEL30 RECCTL Write Circuit Operation Trigger Setting  
W
0
TM3-CR30 coincidence signal is  
not selected as a trigger  
1
TM3-CR30 coincidence signal is selected  
as a trigger  
SEL11 RECCTL Write Circuit Operation Trigger Setting  
W
W
1
TM1-CR11 coincidence signal is selected  
as a trigger  
SEL13 RECCTL Write Circuit Operation Trigger Setting  
0
TM1-CR13 coincidence signal is  
not selected as a trigger  
1
TM1-CR13 coincidence signal is selected  
as a trigger  
DRVMOD RECCTL Write Circuit Operation Mode Setting  
REC mode  
W
0
98  
Figure 5-45. RECCTL Write Timing Using CR11  
V-HSW  
6.5 H  
INTCR11  
INTCR11  
INTCR11  
V
SYNC  
Timer 1  
clear  
Timer 1  
clear  
Timer 1  
clear  
Coincides  
with CR11  
Coincides  
with CR11  
INTCR11  
INTCR11  
INTCR11  
Coincides  
with CR11  
Coincides  
with CR11  
Coincides  
with CR11  
x value  
RECCTL  
t
RECF  
t
RECR  
t
RECF  
t
RECR  
t
RECF  
t
RECR  
t
RECF  
CR11 value  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.10 Quasi Vertical Synchronizing Signal (Quasi-VSYNC) Generation  
The method to generate quasi vertical synchronizing signal (quasi-VSYNC) for special playback is explained.  
There are several types of wave forms for quasi-VSYNC depending on the signal processing circuit to be used. The  
method to output the wave form shown in Figure 5-48 is explained here.  
The wave form shown in Figure 5-46 requires not only “H” and “L” but also “M” (middle level) outputs.  
Real-time output port RTP80 incorporated with the µPD784915 is used, for this port can output “H”, “L”, and “Hi-  
Z”. For the middle level, the level of Hi-Z output is set with external pull-up and pull-down resistors (refer to Figure  
5-47).  
RTP80 can superimpose HSYNC pulse during Hi-Z period, so that HSYNC does not need to occur for every HSYNC.  
The procedure is shown below:  
<1> Set P80 in real time output port mode. And select TM0-CR02 coincidence signal as the RTP8 output trigger.  
<2> Set HSYNC output timing (rising (Figure 5-48 <1>)) to CR02. And set 00010001B (superimpose high-level  
HSYNC to Hi-Z) to P8L.  
<3> The wave form with Hi-Z that have high-level HSYNC superimposed is output from P80 pin by the coincidence  
of TM0 and CR02. INTCR02 occurs simultaneously.  
<4> Set VSYNC output timing (rising (Figure 5-48 <2>)) to CR02 by the INTCR02 interrupt routine. Set 00000001B  
(high-level output) to P8L.  
<5> High level is output from P80 pin by the coincidence of TM0 and CR02. INTCR02 occurs simultaneously.  
<6> Set VSYNC output timing (falling (Figure 5-48 <3>)) by the INTCR02 interrupt routine. Set 00000000B (low-  
level output) to P8L.  
<7> Low level is output from P80 pin by the coincidence of TM0 and CR02. INTCR02 occurs simultaneously.  
<8> Set HSYNC output timing (rising (Figure 5-48 <1>)) to CR02 by the INTCR02 interrupt routine. Set 00010001B  
(superimpose high-level HSYNC to Hi-Z) to P8L.  
<9> Go back to <3> (repeat this procedure).  
100  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-46. Quasi-VSYNC Waveform  
H
M
L
Figure 5-47. Middle Level Generation  
µ
PD784915  
V
DD  
R1  
P80  
Quasi-VSYNC  
R2  
R2  
Remark When P80 is Hi-Z, the output level is  
VDD  
R1 + R2  
101  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-48. Quasi-VSYNC Generation Timing  
HSYNC pulse is superimposed  
by hardware  
1
2
3
H
M
L
INTCR02  
N 3  
INTCR02  
N 2  
INTCR02  
Rewrite  
Rewrite  
N 1  
Rewrite  
CR02  
P8L  
N 1  
N 2  
N 3  
N 1  
00010001B  
00000001B  
00000000B  
00010001B  
102  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.11 Treatment of Servo Error Amount  
5.11.1 Drum control system processing  
Drum control system performs the calculation and filtering processing of drum speed error and phase error and  
output of drum motor control signal (PWM0).  
Figure 5-49 shows the drum control system configuration.  
Figure 5-49. Drum Control System Configuration  
Speed error  
detection  
KV  
(Drum speed gain)  
Bias value  
addition  
PWM  
conversion  
+
Phase error  
detection  
Digital filter  
K
P
(Drum phase gain)  
Drum speed control interrupt processed with INTCPT2  
Drum phase control interrupt processed with INTCR10  
As shown in Figure 5-49, the drum speed control system performs only phase error calculation and phase control  
system filtering. The drum phase control system reads out the filtered phase error, adds it with speed system error,  
and performs PWM output.  
First, the total error amount of drum motor is calculated from the speed error amount and phase error amount.  
The speed error amount EDV acquired from drum speed control interrupt and the phase error amount EDP (digital filter  
arithmetic result) acquired from drum phase control interrupt are multiplied with gains, respectively (the gains are  
defined as KDV and KDP, respectively). The sum of these results is defined as the drum error amount ED.  
ED = KDV • EDV + KDP • EDP  
The sum of the drum total error amount and the bias value is PWM output.  
The bias value is PWM output to control the motor in open loop and output the voltage required to rotate the motor  
in the approximate target rotation. However, the bias is not necessarily a strict value because the actual control is  
carried out by feedback control and errors are automatically corrected to a certain extent.  
In addition, the servo system characteristics can be improved, such as reduction of motor rising time and  
improvement of locking stability, by changing the gain according to the speed error amount and phase error amount  
and canceling phase control.  
103  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
The speed error gain KDV and phase error gain KDP vary according to the motor characteristics. Set these values  
according to the characteristics of the motor to be used (in fact, find the value that has the best characteristics in cut  
and try).  
(1) Error amount maximum control processing (limit limiter)  
Error amount maximum control processing is the same as trapezoidal pattern for servo IC error value detection,  
and it controls the maximum of internal error value (error amount) to input to digital filter.  
Figure 5-50. Trapezoidal Pattern for Error Value Detection (drum control system)  
– limiter Lock point + limiter  
In this application example, the control range is specified also from loop gain so as to prevent data overflow  
in the arithmetic processing of digital filter. A maximum limit is set for speed error and phase error, respectively,  
and each control range is set as follows:  
Drum speed control range ±735H (1 count = 125 nsec) ±230.625 µsec  
Drum phase control range ±2220H (1 count = 500 nsec) ±4368 µsec  
104  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
(2) Special processing in drum control system  
(a) Special processing for error amount calculation  
By checking the drum speed error amount detected in the drum speed error amount calculation routine,  
if the drum speed deviates ±5% or more from the target value, 0 is set to the drum phase error amount.  
The purpose of this processing is to prohibit addition of the drum phase error amount while the drum speed  
control system is not in operation and to reduce the lock time of the motor by operating the drum motor  
only with the speed control system.  
(b) Special processing in drum phase system digital filter  
This special processing limits the maximum of Yn-1 data value in the arithmetic processing of drum phase  
system digital filter. Yn-1 is the data to reflect the past output data of the filter. If the drum phase becomes  
out of phase for a long period of time (when applying load by lightly holding the drum manually, etc.), Yn-1  
data keeps increasing. The increased Yn-1 data will start decreasing gradually when the applied load is  
removed. However, the lock time is affected because it takes an extremely long time before Yn-1 is  
decreased. In order to avoid this, the lock time should be reduced by setting the maximum limit for Yn-1  
data.  
The limit value for Yn-1 is set as follows:  
Yn-1 maximum : 13FH  
The Yn-1 limit value setting method is adopted according to experimental values.  
(3) Loop gain multiplication  
KV and KP shown in Figure 5-50 are loop gains in speed control system and phase control system, respectively.  
When handling the error amount data (calculated from FRC) which is digital filtering processed as PWM data,  
the variable range of PWM data is small (the dynamic range is narrow) because the range available for the  
data is narrow.  
Loop gain also has the functions to widen the dynamic range by amplifying the filtered data and to adjust the  
addition rate of speed system and phase system.  
The loop gains of the speed system and phase system are as follows:  
Speed system loop gain : KV = 17.76 times  
Phase system loop gain : KP = 46.0 times  
Speed/phase addition rate : KV : KP = 4.74 :1  
105  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
(4) Bias value addition  
Bias value addition is carried out to keep the motor control voltage at the lock point during servo lock (speed/  
phase error amount 0).  
The bias value setting method is adopted according to experimental values. PWM output data in the condition  
that drum is controlled only with speed control and stabilized at the drum speed target value is adopted as  
the bias value.  
The bias value in drum control system is as follows:  
Bias value in NTSC : 66F0 [HEX]  
Bias value is added to the sum of speed correction amount and phase correction amount. However, the  
arithmetic result may overflow, so that overflow check is carried out. The arithmetic result is fixed to the  
maximum if overflow occurs and to the minimum if borrow occurs.  
(5) PWM output for drum motor control  
The PWM of the data which is the addition of speed/phase correction amount and bias value is output. The  
data is processed as 16-bit data. However, since the operation range of PWM output unit is 0FF00H to 0100H,  
when operating outside this range, the maximum or the minimum is written. The PWM for drum motor control  
is output in the drum speed control interrupt routine.  
106  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.11.2. Capstan control system processing  
Capstan control system performs the calculation and filtering processing of capstan speed error and phase error  
and the output of capstan motor control signal (PWM1).  
Figure 5-51 shows the capstan control system configuration.  
Figure 5-51. Capstan Control System Configuration  
KV  
/KP  
Speed error  
amount detection  
(Capstan  
MIX gain)  
Bias value  
addition  
PWM  
conversion  
+
Digital filter  
KM  
Phase error  
amount detection  
Digital filter  
Capstan speed control interrupt processed with INTCPT3  
Capstan phase control interrupt processed with INTCR12  
As shown in Figure 5-51, capstan phase control system performs the calculation of phase error amount and filtering  
of phase system. Capstan speed control system reads out the filtered phase error, adds it with speed system error,  
and performs PWM output.  
First, the capstan motor total error amount is calculated from the speed error amount and phase error amount.  
Speed error amount ECV acquired from the capstan speed control interrupt and phase error amount ECP (digital filter  
arithmetic result) acquired from the capstan phase control interrupt are multiplied with gains, respectively (the gains  
are defined as KCV and KCP, respectively). The sum of these results are defined as capstan error amount EC.  
EC = KCV • ECV + KCP • ECP  
The sum of the capstan total error amount and bias value is PWM output.  
The bias value is PWM output to control the motor in open loop and output the voltage required to rotate the motor  
in the approximate target rotation. However, the bias is not necessarily a strict value because the actual control is  
carried out by feedback control and errors are automatically corrected to a certain extent.  
In addition, the servo system characteristics can be improved, such as reduction of motor rising time and  
improvement of locking stability, by changing the gain according to the speed error amount and phase error amount  
and canceling phase control.  
The speed error gain KCV and phase error gain KCP vary according to the motor characteristics. Set these values  
according to the characteristics of the motor to be used (in fact, find the value that has the best characteristics in cut  
and try).  
107  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
(1) Error amount maximum control processing (limit limiter)  
Error amount maximum control processing is the same as trapezoidal pattern for servo IC error value detection,  
and it controls the maximum of internal error value (error amount) to input to digital filter.  
Figure 5-52. Trapezoidal Pattern for Error Value Detection (capstan control system)  
limiter Lock point + limiter  
This also prevents data overflow in digital filter arithmetic processing.  
The limit range is specified by limiting the error maximum.  
The maximum limit is set for speed error and phase error, respectively, and each control range is set as follows:  
Capstan speed control range ±1E79H (1 count = 125 nsec) ±975.125 µsec  
Capstan phase control range ±15A0H (1 count = 1 µsec) ±5536 µsec  
(2) Special processing in capstan control system  
(a) Special processing for error amount calculation  
<1> Relation with drum speed error amount  
In drum speed error calculation, if the drum speed deviates ±10% or more from the target value,  
0 is set to the capstan phase error amount. The purpose of this processing is to prohibit addition  
of the capstan phase error amount while the drum speed control system is not in operation and to  
reduce the lock time of the motor by operating the capstan motor only with the speed control system.  
<2> Relation with capstan speed error amount  
By checking the capstan speed error amount detected in the capstan speed error amount calculation  
routine, if the capstan speed deviates ±5% or more from the target value, 0 is set to the capstan  
phase error amount. The purpose of this processing is to prohibit addition of the capstan phase  
error amount while the capstan speed control system is not in operation and to reduce the lock time  
of the motor by operating the capstan motor only with the speed control system.  
108  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
<3> Relation with playback control (PBCTL) signal missing  
When playback control (PBCTL) signal missing occurs, 0 is set to the capstan phase error amount.  
PBCTL signal missing is detected by PBCTL signal missing counter. Normally, while PBCTL signal  
is input, the PBCTL signal missing counter is incremented in the capstan speed control interrupt  
(INTCPT3), and the PBCTL signal missing counter is reset to 0 in the capstan phase control interrupt  
(INTCR12).  
However, the PBCTL signal missing counter is not reset if the PBCTL signal misses. Therefore,  
if PBCTL signal missing counter is 28H (40d) by checking during INTCPT3 interrupt processing,  
it is judged that PBCTL signal missing has occurred and a flag is set.  
This processing prevents PBCTL signal missing due to tape damage and misdetection of the phase  
error amount for playback non-recorded tapes, etc. and keeps the tape speed at the target value.  
(b) Capstan extreme high-speed rotation processing  
When the capstan rotates in an extremely high speed (when motor control shorts to 5 V, etc.), CFG  
interrupt occurs extremely frequently, interrupt processing gets behind, and runs out of time to return to  
main routine. Once lapsed into this condition, even the short circuit is repaired, the speed error amount  
detection continues to misdetect, keeps high speed rotation, and is unable to return to main routine, so  
that pushing keys has no effect.  
To avoid this, when the capstan rotates faster than at a certain speed, the interrupt processing thereafter  
is not performed and interrupt processing ends by lowering PWM data (to shorten the processing time).  
In this program, the processing becomes effective when the CFG cycle becomes 600 µs or higher.  
109  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
(3) Loop gain multiplication for each running mode  
KV and KP shown in Figure 5-51 are, as well as drum control system, loop gains for speed control system and  
phase control system, respectively. KM is the gain correction coefficient corresponding to each operation mode  
and changes according to VCR playback modes.  
As discussed in drum control system, KV and KP are for adjusting the addition rate of speed system and phase  
system.  
In the drum control system, there is little speed difference among the operation modes. Accordingly, the entire  
loop gain is not varied. However, in capstan control system, there is a large difference between the SP and  
EP modes even in standard playback, and speed difference exists in special playback such as CUE/REVIEW.  
Therefore, the gain also varies according to each operation mode. KM is set as the correction coefficient to  
correct the variation.  
KV and KP are used only as adjustment of addition rate, so that they are represented as KV/KP.  
Table 5-3 shows the capstan loop gain in each operation mode.  
Table 5-3. Capstan Loop Gain in Each Operation Mode  
Operation Mode  
KV/KP  
4.2  
1.1  
1.1  
4.2  
3.3  
3.3  
4.2  
3.3  
3.3  
4.2  
3.3  
3.3  
4.2  
3.3  
3.3  
4.2  
3.3  
3.3  
KM  
6.0  
5.25  
4.25  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
6.0  
5.25  
4.25  
Standard playback (PB)  
SP  
LP  
EP  
SP  
LP  
EP  
SP  
LP  
EP  
SP  
LP  
EP  
SP  
LP  
EP  
SP  
LP  
EP  
Fast forward search 1 (CUE1)  
Fast forward search 2 (CUE2)  
Rewind search 1 (REV1)  
Rewind search 2 (REV2)  
Still, frame (STILL, FRAME)  
110  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
(4) Bias value addition  
Bias value addition is carried out to keep the motor control voltage at the lock point during servo lock (speed/  
phase error amount 0).  
The bias value setting method is adopted according to the experimental values. PWM output data in the  
condition that capstan is controlled by only speed control and stabilized at the capstan speed target value is  
adopted as the bias value.  
Since capstan speed differs according to each operation mode, different bias value is required in each  
operation mode.  
Table 5-4 shows the capstan bias value in each operation mode.  
Table 5-4. Capstan Bias Value in Each Operation Mode  
Operation Mode  
Bias Value  
85E0H  
8695H  
86DFH  
8678H  
8695H  
86DFH  
8678H  
8695H  
86DFH  
8678H  
8695H  
86DFH  
8678H  
8695H  
86DFH  
8678H  
8695H  
86DFH  
Standard playback (PB)  
SP  
LP  
EP  
SP  
LP  
EP  
SP  
LP  
EP  
SP  
LP  
EP  
SP  
LP  
EP  
SP  
LP  
EP  
Fast forward search 1 (CUE1)  
Fast forward search 2 (CUE2)  
Rewind search 1 (REV1)  
Rewind search 2 (REV2)  
Still, frame (STILL, FRAME)  
Bias value is added to the sum of speed correction amount and phase correction amount. However, the  
arithmetic result may overflow, so that overflow check is carried out. The arithmetic result is fixed to the  
maximum if overflow occurs and to the minimum if borrow occurs.  
(5) PWM output for capstan motor control  
PWM output of the data which is the addition of speed/phase correction amount and bias value is performed.  
The data is processed as 16-bit data. However, since the operation range of the PWM output unit is 0FF00H  
to 0100H, when operating outside this range, the maximum or the minimum is written. The PWM for capstan  
motor control is output in the capstan speed control interrupt routine.  
111  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.12 Compensation Filter  
The digital servo system only with proportional control element requires a digital filter in the control system for  
steady-state deviation elimination. The configuration method of the lag-lead type digital filter, which is often used  
in VCR servo systems, is discussed here.  
5.12.1 Filter types  
Filters are divided into analog filter and digital filter by the difference of operational principle. Analog filters are  
configured with circuits such as capacitors (C) and resistors (R) and realize filter characteristics electronically.  
Digital filters are configured also with microcontrollers and signal processors, and realize the characteristics equal  
to analog filters by performing various arithmetic processing on the input signals which are sampled and quantized.  
Digital filters are divided into FIR type and IIR type by the difference of filter configurations.  
(1) FIR type (Finite Impulse Response) filter  
The finite impulse response filter is also called acyclic filter.  
FIR has finite response and no feedback loop due to its filter configuration, that is, the filter output value is  
determined only with the input value of the present and the past.  
(2) IIR type (Infinite Impulse Response) filter  
The Infinite impulse response filter is also called cyclic filter.  
Since FIR has feedback loop due to its filter configuration, impulse response continues infinitely. Therefore,  
the filter output value is determined not only with the input of the present and the past but also with the output  
value of the past. This type of filter realizes steep cut-off characteristics in much lower degree than that of  
FIR type filter. The VCR servo system mainly uses the IIR type filter.  
112  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.12.2 Biprimary conversion method  
(1) Sampling theorem  
When using a digital filter, sampling processing is required in the course of converting analog input signals  
to digital values.  
That is, analog signals are converted to discrete numeric sequences in certain constant time intervals TS.  
However, if the sampling cycle TS is made too long, restoration of the original analog signal is impossible.  
The limit of the cycle that the original analog signal can be restored is described with the well-known sampling  
theorem below:  
1
2fmax. fS =  
TS  
fmax. ........... The maximum frequency included in the original analog signal  
fS ............... Sampling frequency  
That is, unless the frequency twice or more of the maximum frequency included in the original analog signal  
is selected for the sampling frequency fS, it is impossible to restore the original analog signal from the sampled  
digital signal.  
Figure 5-53 shows sampling theorem observed on frequency spectrum.  
Figure 5-53 (1) shows the case the maximum frequency component fmax. satisfies  
2fmax. < fS  
that is, the original signal is band limited.  
In such case, the original signal can be completely restored if the sideband component is eliminated, extracting  
only the basic spectral component using ideal low-pass filter whose cut-off frequency fC is fC = fS/2.  
However, in the case that fmax. does not satisfy sampling theorem, that is,  
2fmax. > fS  
sections where the original signal spectrum and fold spectrum are overlapped, that is, fold error is generated  
as shown in Figure 5-53 (2).  
In this case, the restoration of the original signal is impossible even if ideal low-pass filter is used.  
Next, sampling theorem is examined on s planar.  
The time function of the original signal is defined as f (t), and the result of Laplace transform of the function  
is defined as F (s).  
Further, F (s) is sampled with sampling cycle TS. This is defined as F* (s).  
Now, assuming the maximum frequency fmax. of the original signal satisfies sampling theorem, the pole of F  
(s), as shown in Figure 5-54 (1), is in basic band. The basic band is folded as shown in Figure 5-54 (2) by  
sampling processing, as a result, sideband whose width is 2 π/TS is generated, and the pole of F (s) is also  
folded.  
113  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Since the basic band and sideband are exactly the same, the original signal can be completely restored if only  
the basic band component is extracted using ideal low-pass filter.  
On the other hand, the case that the original signal does not satisfy sampling theorem is shown in Figure 5-  
55.  
In this case, the pole of F (s) is located out of the basic band. Therefore, if pole is folded by sampling processing,  
pole is generated in the basic band, where pole is not originally located.  
Once this happens, the restoration of the original signal is impossible even if only the basic band component  
is extracted using ideal low-pass filter, since the basic band component is different from the original one.  
Figure 5-53. Fold Error  
(1) When 2fmax. < fS  
Original spectrum  
Ideal low-pass filter  
Fold spectrum  
(Sampling)  
f
f
f
max.  
f
s
f
max.  
f
s
f
s
/2  
fs/2  
Original spectrum  
(2) When 2fmax. > fS  
Original spectrum  
Original spectrum  
Fold spectrum  
f
f
f
max.  
f
s
f
max.  
f
s
f
s
/2  
fs/2  
Fold error  
114  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-54. Pole Location when Sampling Theorem is Satisfied  
(1) Pole location of F (s)  
before sampling processing  
(2) Pole location of F (s)  
after sampling processing  
F (S)  
jω  
F* (S)  
jω  
Folded pole  
3π  
Ts  
3π  
Ts  
Sideband  
Basic band  
Sideband  
F (S) pole  
π
Ts  
π
Ts  
Basic band  
0
0
π
Ts  
π
Ts  
2π  
Ts  
3π  
Ts  
3π  
Ts  
Figure 5-55. Pole Location when Sampling Theorem is Not Satisfied  
(1) Pole location of F (s)  
(2) Pole location of F (s)  
after sampling processing  
before sampling processing  
F
(S)  
F* (S)  
jω  
jω  
3π  
F
(S) pole  
Ts  
3π  
Ts  
Sideband  
Basic band  
Sideband  
π
Ts  
π
Ts  
Basic band  
0
0
π
Ts  
π
2π  
Ts  
Ts  
3π  
Ts  
3π  
Pole generated by fold  
Ts  
115  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
(2) Biprimary transform method  
Biprimary transform is a transform method to prevent intrusion of fold errors in the standard z function for  
analysis of control.  
Generally, when analyzing a control system, the analysis in a continuous system is performed on s planar  
using Laplace transform and the analysis in a discrete system on z planar using z transform. Transform of  
s planar to z planar is called standard z transform.  
When configuring a digital filter, it is easier if the filter is designed in a continuous system before transforming  
to a discrete system. The issue here is the effect by sampling processing.  
That is, if TS is made too long when transforming analog signal to discrete numeric sequence in certain time  
interval TS, the restoration of original signal is impossible.  
The limit sampling frequency fS to restore the original analog signal can be described with the well-known  
sampling theorem below:  
1
2 • fmax. fS =  
TS  
fmax. : The maximum frequency included in the original analog signal  
fS  
: Sampling frequency  
TS : Sampling cycle  
The expression above shows that the restoration of the original analog signal from the sampled digital signal  
unless setting the sampling frequency fS to twice or more of the frequency included in the original analog signal.  
In the following paragraph, this is considered in the corresponding relation of s planar and z planar.  
Figure 5-56 shows the mapping by standard z transform. The band of 2π/TS width on s planar is generated  
with sampling processing. The area corresponding to the width of this band is mapped on the whole z planar.  
That is, block A on s planar (shaded area) is mapped to inside the unit circle on z planar and block B on s  
planar is mapped to outside the unit circle on z planar, respectively. Therefore, if a pole by fold error exists  
in the 2π/TS band on s planar, the fold error is also mapped on z planar.  
Figure 5-56. Mapping by Standard z Transform  
jω  
3π  
j
Ts  
1
B, D, F  
C
A
D
B
π
Ts  
A, CE  
0
–1  
1
π
Ts  
E
F
–1  
3π  
(Z planar)  
Ts  
(S planar)  
116  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Biprimary transform is one of the processing methods to prevent fold errors from intruding into z planar. In  
biprimary conversion, when sampling processing is performed, the whole s planar is transformed to 2π/TS band  
area before performing standard z transform so that fold errors are not generated. The planar where the whole  
s planer is transformed to is defined as s planar.  
Figure 5-57 shows the mapping by biprimary transform. Since s transform is a cyclic function consisting of  
the band with 2π/TS width, s-z transform with no fold error is acquired if standard z transform is carried out  
after s transform.  
In biprimary transform, the relation between s operator, which is the parameter of a continuous system, and  
z operator, which is the parameter of a discrete system, is represented in the following expression:  
2
1 – Z–1  
1 + Z–1  
s =  
×
TS  
TS : Sampling cycle  
From the above expression, the following operation is performed to transform transfer function G (s) expressed  
in a continuous system to transfer function G (z) of a discrete system with no fold error.  
2
1 – Z–1  
1 + Z–1  
G (z) = G (s) | s =  
×
TS  
117  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-57. Mapping by Biprimary Transform  
jω  
0
(S planar)  
Biprimary transform  
jω  
3π  
Ts  
π
Ts  
Basic band  
0
π
2π  
Ts  
Ts  
3π  
Ts  
(S planar)  
(Standard z transform)  
j
1
– 1  
1
0
– 1  
(Z planar)  
118  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.12.3 Digital filter designing method  
An example of digital filter designing methods is shown below.  
(1) Determination of specification  
Determine the specification of the digital filter to realize, such as frequency characteristics, cut-off frequency,  
time area response, and sampling cycle.  
(2) Configuration on analog circuit  
Design the analog filter satisfying the specification in (1).  
At this time, transform operation to digital filter is made easier if the analog circuit is configured with passive  
filter using LCR.  
(3) Calculation of transfer function  
Find the transfer function G (s) in continuous time area of the analog filter found in (2).  
(4) Biprimary transform processing  
Transform the analog filter transfer function G (s) to discrete time sequence transfer function G (z). At this  
time, perform biprimary transform to (s) so that fold errors by sampling processing are avoided.  
(5) Determination of filter constant  
Calculate digital filter constant from the specification in (1) and quantize the filter coefficient.  
The setting of the coefficient word length of the digital filter is determined according to the filter cut-off  
frequency, sampling cycle, and dynamic range.  
(6) Program generation of digital filter  
(7) Measurement of characteristics  
Measure whether the digital filter generated in (6) is operating or not as specified using servo analyzer.  
Also, measure the dynamic range of the digital filter. The dynamic range refers to the maximum digital value  
which will not cause overflow if input to the filter.  
(8) Improvement of characteristics  
Change the arithmetic word length and filter configuration to improve the characteristics acquired in (7).  
Also, shorten the arithmetic word length and change algorithm if the calculation time of the digital filter is too  
long.  
119  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.12.4 Primary IIR type digital filter transfer function  
Figure 5-58 shows primary IIR type digital filter block diagram.  
Figure 5-58. Primary IIR Type Digital Filter Block Diagram  
+
+
U
n
X
n
G
Y
n
+
Z –1  
B
A
Un – 1  
In Figure 5-58, A, B, and G are filter constants and the meanings of them are as follows:  
A : non-cyclic filter constant  
B : cyclic filter constant  
G : filter gain constant  
Assume n-th input value of this filter as Xn, output value as Yn, calculation value in n-th filter arithmetic process  
as Un, calculation value of n–1-th filter arithmetic process as Un–1.  
From the block diagram in Figure 5-58 , the following expression is found:  
Un = Xn – B × Un–1  
Yn = (Un + A × Un-1) × G  
(Expression 5-1)  
(Expression 5-2)  
(Expression 5-3)  
If the expression above is solved for Xn:  
Xn = Un + B × Un–1  
Yn = (Un + A × Un-1) × G  
Both parts in the expressions above are z transformed to acquire the following expression:  
X (z) = U (z) + Bz–1U (z)  
Y (z) = G (U (z) + Az–1U (z))  
From the expression above, the transfer function G (z) in the system is as follows:  
Y (z)  
X (z)  
G (U (z) + Az–1U (z))  
U (z) + Bz–1U (z)  
G (z) =  
=
1 + Az–1  
1 + Bz–1  
= G ×  
(Expression 5-4)  
120  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
5.12.5 Lag-lead filter configuration method  
The lag-lead filter is often used as the drum phase control system compensation filter for VCRs. The purpose is  
to eliminate the constant deviation and improve the accuracy of the system.  
Figure 5-59 shows the lag-lead filter configuration and characteristics.  
Figure 5-59. Lag-lead Filter Configuration and Characteristics  
(a) Lag-lead filter configuration  
R1  
R2  
Vin  
Vout  
i
C
Cut-off frequency  
1
f1 =  
f2 =  
2 π C (R1+R2)  
1
2 π CR2  
(b) Lag-lead filter board line graph  
IG (jω) I [dB]  
f1  
f2  
0
f
(Gain characteristics)  
G (jω) I [deg]  
0
f
(Phase characteristics)  
121  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Figure 5-59 (b) shows lag-lead filter gain characteristics and phase characteristics (board line graph) of the analog  
circuit configuration shown in Figure 5-59 (a).  
Lag-lead filter has two segmented point frequencies f1 and f2. By freely setting these, the filter gain characteristics  
and phase characteristics can be changed.  
The method to find the constants (A, B, and G) used in primary IIR type digital filter to realize lag-lead filter  
characteristics is as follows:  
In the case of the filter shown in Figure 5-59 (a), the segmented point frequencies f1 and f2 are found in the following  
expression:  
1
f1 =  
2πC (R1 + R2)  
(Expression 5-5)  
(Expression 5-6)  
1
f2 =  
2πCR2  
The transfer function of the filter in Figure 5-59 (a) is found as follows (the transfer function is find by plus  
transforming the relational expressions for Vin and Vout, respectively):  
1 + SCR2  
G (s) =  
1 + SC (R1 + R2)  
1
1 +  
1 +  
S
S
2πf1  
1
=
2πf2  
(Expression 5-7)  
(Expression 5-8)  
1
1
a =  
b =  
2πf2  
2πf1  
Now, if parameter a and b are assumed and assigned as the expression above, the transfer function of lag-lead  
filter is as follows:  
1 + bS  
G (s) =  
1 + aS  
(Expression 5-9)  
Since the transfer function in the expression above is represented in continuous time system, this is transformed  
to be represented in discrete time system.  
In this case, biprimary transform is used because fold error is generated if standard z transform is performed. That  
is, S arithmetic operator is replaced as follows:  
2
1 – Z–1  
1 + Z–1  
S =  
×
TS  
TS : Sampling cycle  
(Expression 5-10)  
The S operator is assigned to the transfer function, the expression is reorganized.  
122  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
2a  
TS  
2b  
TS  
1 – Z–1  
1 + Z–1  
1–Z–1  
1 + Z–1  
TS – 2a  
TS + 2a  
TS – 2b  
TS + 2b  
1 +  
1 +  
×
TS (1 + Z–1) +2a (1 – Z–1  
TS (1 + Z–1) +2b (1 – Z–1  
)
)
G (z) =  
=
×
1 +  
1 +  
Z–1  
TS + 2a  
TS + 2b  
1 + AZ–1  
= G ×  
=
×
1 + BZ–1  
Z–1  
(Expression 5-11)  
The above transfer function found here has the same configuration as the one found from the primary IIR type  
digital filter block diagram in Figure 5-58.  
G, A, and B in the expression above are filter coefficients, and turn out as follows:  
TS + 2a  
G =  
TS + 2b  
TS – 2a  
A =  
TS + 2a  
TS – 2b  
B =  
TS + 2b  
(Expression 5-12)  
If G, A, and B are found from sampling cycle TS [sec] and two segmented point frequencies, f1 and f2, which are  
filter characteristics, primary IIR type digital filter coefficient can be found. An example of this is shown below.  
Filter design specification  
Sampling cycle  
TS : 4.0 [msec] (sampling frequency 250 Hz)  
Segmented point frequency f1 : 1.0 [Hz]  
f2 : 10.0 [Hz]  
Filter coefficients, G, A, and B are found from the above filter design specification.  
a and b are found from Expression 5-8.  
1
1
a =  
b =  
=
=
= 0.01591549  
= 0.15915494  
2π f2  
1
2π × 10  
1
2π f1  
2π × 1  
123  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
If a, b, and TS found from the above are assigned to Expression 5-12, filter coefficients G, A, and B are found as  
follows:  
G = 0.111169375  
A = –0.77672957  
B = –0.97517917  
5.12.6 Filter processing method  
Lag-lead filter is configured with product-sum instruction.  
Lag-lead filter propagation function is as follows:  
Yn = G (Xn + AXn–1) – BYn–1  
= G • Xn + AG • Xn–1 + (–B) • Yn–1  
The operation of product-sum instruction when the number of operations is two is as follows:  
AXDE (B) × (C) + (B + 2) × (C + 2) + AXDE  
Then each parameter of lag-lead filter is assigned as follows:  
AXDE (Left part) : Yn  
signed 32 bits  
signed 16 bits  
signed 16 bits  
signed 16 bits  
signed 16 bits  
signed 32 bits  
(B)  
: G  
(C)  
: Xn  
(B + 2)  
(C + 2)  
: AG  
: Xn–1  
AXDE (Right part) : (–B) • Yn–1  
Signed multiplication is considered here.  
First, the coefficients G, AG, and (–B) of lag-lead filter are designed with gain of 1, so that they become values  
with an absolute value of 1 or less.  
| G | <1, | AG | <1, | (–B) | <1  
Therefore, the values multiplied with the 15th power of 2 (32768) are actually used for operation.  
For example,  
0.980 0.98 × 32768 = 32112.64 7D70H  
– 0.980 –0.98 × 32768 = –32112.64 8290H  
124  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
The data has the following range if the error amount is also dealt with signs.  
8000H–7FFFH (–32768 to +32767)  
If this is calculated with signed multiplier:  
Example HEX data  
decimal  
Sign  
G
.
8290H  
1000H  
– 0.980  
Sign  
Xn  
×
×
×
4096  
F8290000H  
– 4014.08  
Sign  
.
Left shift 1 bit  
F052 0000H  
Pick higher 16 bits  
– 4014  
The 1/2 of the actual calculation result enters higher 16 bits of the arithmetic result of signed multiplication.  
Therefore, the result is doubled (right shift) after executing product-sum instruction. However, gain multiplication  
is normally performed after digital filter calculation, so that there is a method which abbreviates the shift processing  
if the gain is doubled.  
The propagation function becomes as follows:  
Yn’ = G • Xn + AG • Xn–1 + (–B) • Yn–1’  
Where  
Yn’ = Yn/2  
(–B) • Yn–1’ = (–B) • Yn–1/2  
This enables filter calculation only with product-sum instruction.  
However, calculation of (–B) Yn–1 is necessary for the following sampling timing, then, singed multiplication is  
performed again. Since the result is made 1/2 as it is, right shift processing is performed before multiplication.  
125  
CHAPTER 5 EXAMPLES OF STATIONARY TYPE VCR SERVO CONTROL  
Filter calculation is summarized as follows:  
(1) Set values for each register  
(B)  
(C)  
: G  
: Xn  
(B + 2) : AG  
(C + 2) : Xn–1  
AXDE : (–B) • Yn–1’ (Already stored in memory at the previous sampling timing)  
(2) Execute product-sum instruction  
MACSW 2  
The value stored in calculation result AXDE is “Yn”  
(3) Right shift AXDE 1 bit to “Yn”  
SHLW  
ROLC  
ROLC  
DE  
X
A
(4) Find (–B) • Yn´  
MULW DE  
Store calculation result AXDE in memory and use it as (–B) • Yn–1’  
; DE (–B)  
126  
CHAPTER 6 CTL AMPLIFIER  
6.1 CTL Amplifier Auto Gain Control Processing  
CTL amplifier is used for amplifying the playback control (PBCTL) signal which is the playback of the CTL signal  
recorded on VCR tape. Figure 6-1 shows the CTL amplifier configuration.  
Figure 6-1. CTL Amplifier Configuration  
To RECCTL driver  
VREF  
AMPC.1  
RECCTL+  
RECCTL–  
+
CTL head  
AMPC.1  
CTL detection flag L (AMPM0.1)  
CTL detection flag S (AMPM0.3)  
+
Gain control signal  
generation circuit  
CTLIN  
CTL detection flag clear  
(write 1 to AMPM0.6)  
CTLOUT1  
CTLM.0-CTLM.4  
Waveform  
PBCTL signal (to timer)  
CTLOUT2  
shaping circuit  
127  
CHAPTER 6 CTL AMPLIFIER  
CTL amplifier is configured with two OP amplifiers and the forestage amplifier is fixed to 20 dB. Therefore, gains  
are adjusted by changing the gain of the second stage amplifier.  
The gain setting of CTL amplifier can be changed with CTLM register in 32 steps (by 1.78 dB).  
Caution  
Changing of the gain setting should be avoided while CTL signal is being input.  
The µPD784915 has a gain control signal generation circuit which uses CTL detection flags to discriminate the  
amplifying state of CTL amplifier output.  
CTL detection flags are divided into CTL detection flag S and CTL detection flag L according to the detection level.  
CTL detection flags S and L can be cleared by writing “1” to FLGCLR (AMPC0.6).  
Using these two detection flags, auto gain control of CTL amplifier is carried out.  
Table 6-1 shows the relation between the CTL detection flag read value and CTL amplifier gain adjustment.  
Table 6-1. CTL Detection Flag Read Value and CTL Amplifier Gain Adjustment  
CTL Detection Flag Read  
Discrimination  
CTL Amplifier Gain Adjustment  
Flag L  
Flag S  
1
0
0
1
1
0
Gain large  
Lower gain  
No change  
Raise gain  
Gain optimum  
Gain small  
Figure 6-2 shows the relationship between CTL amplifier output and each detection level/flag.  
Figure 6-2. Relationship between CTL Amplifier Output and Each Detection Level/Flag  
Detection level L  
Detection level S  
Waveform shaping  
VREF  
Waveform shaping  
Detection level S  
Detection level L  
1
Detection flag S  
0
1
Detection flag L  
0
128  
CHAPTER 6 CTL AMPLIFIER  
6.1.1 CTL amplifier auto gain control method  
CTL amplifier auto gain control is performed with the timings of CTL detection flag read and the amplifier gain setting  
which are determined by the playback control (PBCTL) signal edge interrupt.  
Timing of CTL detection flag read and CTL amplifier gain setting  
As mentioned earlier, change of the gain setting must be done avoiding PBCTL signal input (rising and falling edges  
of amplifier amplifying point).  
Moreover, since CTL detection flag S and L are specified at the rising and falling edges of PBCTL signal, so that  
after changing CTL amplifier gain, the both edge must be passed more than once before flag is read.  
In order to pass both edges avoiding PBCTL signal input, the timings of the CTL detection flag read and the amplifier  
gain setting are determined by the PBCTL signal edge interrupt (one edge).  
For PLAY, CUE/REV  
<In forward direction> (refer to Figure 6-3)  
Gain is changed at 70% point of PBCTL signal.  
<In reverse direction> (refer to Figure 6-4)  
Gain is changed at 30% point of PBCTL signal.  
For FF/REW  
<In forward direction> (refer to Figure 6-5)  
Gain is changed at 180% point of PBCTL signal.  
<In reverse direction> (refer to Figure 6-6)  
Gain is changed at 120% point of PBCTL signal.  
Remark For PLAY or CUE/REV, gain is changed 65% or more of PBCTL signal in forward direction and less than  
35% in reverse direction and the order of the signal input has been set so that the rising edge of the PBCTL  
signal is input first and then the falling edge is input.  
In addition, for FF/REW, CTL signal input is the fastest, approx. 130 µs (= 33.37 ms/256) in 256-time speed  
(when tape mode is EP), and it would take 198 µs Max. before PBCTL signal input INTCR12 interrupt (due  
to other priority interrupt), so that the timing has been set at +100%.  
129  
Figure 6-3. Gain Change Timing for PLAY or CUE/REV in Forward Direction  
Tape running direction  
100 %  
70 %  
PBCTL signal  
(before waveform shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(after wave form shaping)  
Specify PBCTL signal  
rising edge  
(n)  
(n+1)  
(n+2)  
TM3 count value  
CPT30 (n)  
TM1 count value  
CR13 (n+1)  
INTCR12  
vectored interrupt  
processing  
INTCR13  
vectored interrupt  
processing  
Execute the following processings by INTCR12 vectored interrupt  
Capture current TM1 count value to CR12 (automatic)  
CR13 (n+1) CR12 + (CPT30 (n) × 0.7)  
Execute the following processings by INTCR13 vectored interrupt  
Read CTL detection flag  
If CTL detection flag S and L are both “ 1 ”, the gain is large;  
therefore, decrease the gain for 1.78 dB  
INTCR13 interrupt request clear and interrupt enabled  
If CTL detection flag S and L are both “ 0 ”, the gain is small;  
therefore, increase the gain for 1.78 dB  
INTCR13 interrupt disabled  
Figure 6-4. Gain Change Timing for PLAY or CUE/REV in Reverse Direction  
Tape running direction  
100 %  
30 %  
PBCTL signal  
(before waveform shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(after wave form shaping)  
Specify PBCTL signal  
falling edge  
(n)  
(n+1)  
(n+2)  
TM3 count value  
CPT30 (n)  
TM1 count value  
CR13 (n+1)  
INTCR12  
INTCR13  
vectored interrupt  
processing  
vectored interrupt  
processing  
Execute the following processings by INTCR12 vectored interrupt  
Capture current TM1 count value to CR12 (automatic)  
CR13 (n+1) CR12 + (CPT30 (n) × 0.3)  
Execute the following processings by INTCR13 vectored interrupt  
Read CTL detection flag  
If CTL detection flag S and L are both “ 1 ”, the gain is large;  
therefore, decrease the gain for 1.78 dB  
INTCR13 interrupt request clear and interrupt enabled  
If CTL detection flag S and L are both “ 0 ”, the gain is small;  
therefore, increase the gain for 1.78 dB  
INTCR13 interrupt disabled  
Figure 6-5. Gain Change Timing for FF/REW in Forward Direction  
Tape running direction  
180 %  
100 %  
PBCTL signal  
(before waveform shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(after wave form shaping)  
Specify PBCTL signal  
rising edge  
(n)  
(n+1)  
(n+2)  
TM3 count value  
CPT30 (n)  
TM1 count value  
CR13 (n+1)  
INTCR12  
vectored interrupt processing  
INTCR13  
vectored interrupt processing  
Execute the following processings by INTCR12 vectored interrupt  
Capture current TM1 count value to CR12 (automatic)  
CR13 (n+1) CR12 + (CPT30 (n) × 1.8)  
Execute the following processings by INTCR13 vectored interrupt  
Read CTL detection flag  
If CTL detection flag S and L are both “ 1 ”, the gain is large;  
therefore, decrease the gain for 1.78 dB  
INTCR13 interrupt request clear and interrupt enabled  
If CTL detection flag S and L are both “ 0 ”, the gain is small;  
therefore, increase the gain for 1.78 dB  
INTCR13 interrupt disabled  
Figure 6-6. Gain Change Timing for FF/REW in Reverse Direction  
Tape running direction  
120 %  
100 %  
PBCTL signal  
(before waveform shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(after wave form shaping)  
Specify PBCTL signal  
falling edge  
(n)  
(n+1)  
(n+2)  
TM3 count value  
CPT30 (n)  
TM1 count value  
CR13 (n+1)  
INTCR12  
vectored interrupt processing  
INTCR13  
vectored interrupt processing  
Execute the following processings by INTCR12 vectored interrupt  
Capture current TM1 count value to CR12 (automatic)  
CR13 (n+1) CR12 + (CPT30 (n) × 1.2)  
Execute the following processings by INTCR13 vectored interrupt  
Read CTL detection flag  
If CTL detection flag S and L are both “ 1 ”, the gain is large;  
therefore, decrease the gain for 1.78 dB  
INTCR13 interrupt request clear and interrupt enabled  
If CTL detection flag S and L are both “ 0 ”, the gain is small;  
therefore, increase the gain for 1.78 dB  
INTCR13 interrupt disabled  
CHAPTER 6 CTL AMPLIFIER  
6.1.2 CTL amplifier auto gain control processing  
The following setting and processing are carried out to perform CTL amplifier auto gain control.  
(1) The following setting is carried out at every forward/reverse direction change  
PBCTL signal input edge is set as follows:  
<In forward direction>  
The input edge is generated at rising edge of PBCTL signal.  
<In reverse direction>  
The input edge is generated at falling edge of PBCTL signal.  
Remark When the tape mode is EP, INTCR12 vectored interrupt is generated with every PBCTL signal for  
PLAY, every nine PBCTL signals for CUE/REV, and every eight PBCTL signals for FF/REW at the  
edge shown above.  
(2) The following setting and processing are carried out by INTCR12 vectored interrupt  
The following time is set to compare register 13 (CR13) by INTCR12 vectored interrupt  
For PLAY/CUE/REV  
<In forward direction>  
Set time 70% of PBCTL signal cycle to CR13  
CR13 = CR12 + (CPT30 × 70%)  
<In reverse direction>  
Set time 30% of PBCTL signal cycle to CR13  
CR13 = CR12 + (CPT30 × 30%)  
For FF/REW  
<In forward direction>  
Set time 180% of PBCTL signal cycle to CR13  
CR13 = CR12 + (CPT30 × 180%)  
<In reverse direction>  
Set time 120% of PBCTL signal cycle to CR13  
CR13 = CR12 + (CPT30 × 120%)  
134  
CHAPTER 6 CTL AMPLIFIER  
Explanation  
CR12 : TM1 count value is captured with every INTCR12 vectored interrupt by PBCTL signal  
CPT30 : TM3 count value is captured with every INTCR12 vectored interrupt by PBCTL signal  
Since CR12 captures TM1 count value and CR13 captures TM3 count value, value need to be set to  
CR13 after adding up the input clock ratio of TM1 and TM3 (however, in this time, the setting is  
unnecessary because both have the same clock [fCLK/8]).  
INTCR13 interrupt request clear and interrupt enabled  
(3) Processing at INTCR13  
CTL gain control signal detection and gain change  
According to the status of CTL detection flag S and L, gain is changed by ±1 step as follows:  
If CTL detection flag S and L are both “1”, gain is large; therefore, decrease the gain for 1 step (1.78  
dB)  
If CTL detection flag S and L are both “0”, gain is small; therefore, decrease the gain for 1 step (1.78  
dB)  
If CTL detection flag S is “1” and L is “0”, gain is optimum; therefore, no change is made for the gain.  
INTCR13 interrupt disabled  
(4) Processing at PBCTL  
Increase the gain by +5 steps, every time there is no CTL signal and 40 interrupts does not occur  
continuously at INTCPT13 interrupt (capstan FG interrupt)  
The gain is maximum (1FH) on non-recorded tape  
(5) Processing in each mode transition  
Set the optimum gain previously measured in each mode in every mode transition of each mode (equipment  
operation such as PLAY and CUE, and tape mode such as EP and SP)  
(this processing is optional; however, it has the advantage that the optimum gain can be quickly achieved.)  
135  
[MEMO]  
136  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
The following shows the VISS detection method.  
7.1 What is VISS  
VISS stands for “VHS Index Search System”. In VHS, cue code is set by varying the duty ratio of control signal  
to be recorded on control track.  
Each VISS data is specified as shown in Table 7-1. The cue code as index information is set by data sequence  
of control signal as shown in Figure 7-1.  
Table 7-1. VISS Data  
Data  
Waveform in  
forward  
“ 0 ”  
“ 1 ”  
100%  
60 ±5%  
100%  
27.5 ±2.5%  
direction  
PBCTL signal  
(before wave-  
form shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(before wave-  
form shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(after wave-  
form shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(after wave-  
form shaping)  
Waveform in  
reverse  
100%  
60 ±5%  
100%  
27.5 ±2.5%  
PBCTL signal  
(before wave-  
form shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(before wave-  
form shaping)  
direction  
PBCTL signal  
(after wave-  
form shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(after wave-  
form shaping)  
Figure 7-1. VISS Cue Code  
Reference point  
61 ±3 bits  
Tape running direction  
Control track  
........  
...  
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
63 ±3 bits  
137  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
VISS write (cue code write) is carried out at the following timings.  
When starting recording (except joint recording)  
When starting programmed recording  
When index writing by pushing down INDEX key  
7.2 VISS Detection  
7.2.1 VISS detection method  
VISS detection is performed using macro service in data pattern discrimination mode by playback control (PBCTL)  
signal edge interrupt (INTCR12).  
INTCR12 interrupt also performs PBCTL signal frequency division.  
(1) About VISS detection method  
In VISS detection, PBCTL signal level is taken at 43.75% (in forward direction) or 56.25% (in reverse direction)  
of one PBCTL signal cycle as VISS detection point. According to the level, if the level is high, “0” is set, if  
it is low, “1” is set. It is judged that VISS signal exists when “0” is detected 10 times after “1” is consecutively  
detected 15 times (According to the specification of system controller, it may be judged VISS signal exists  
if “1” is consecutively detected several times).  
The µPD784915 is provided with timer 3 (TM3) and capture register 30 (CPT30) to find a cycle, compare  
register (CR30) to store VISS detection point, and control flip flop (CTL F/F) to take in control signal level at  
detection point, in order to keep up with the change of tape running speed, so that it can perform VISS detection.  
Figure 7-2. VISS Detection Circuit (Pulse Width Detection Circuit) Configuration  
TM1 (16)  
EDVC  
Capture  
INTCR12  
Clear  
TM3 (16)  
PBCTL  
PTR10  
PTR11  
CR12 (16)  
D
CTL  
F/F  
CK  
CPTM (8)  
8
CR30 (16)  
CR31 (16)  
CPT30  
(16)  
16  
Internal bus  
FF  
FF  
. . .  
TMC3  
FASP  
1
LVL2  
LVL1  
7
0
138  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
µPD784915 uses macro service in data pattern discrimination mode to perform VISS detection.  
The comparison data to perform comparison with the data stored in buffer area is set to an address indicated with  
comparison area pointer (not only program space in memory but also internal RAM space can be specified as the  
comparison area).  
(2) About macro service in data pattern discrimination mode (VISS detection mode)  
This is a macro service to sequentially store the output from control flip flop (CTL F/F) in the pulse detection  
circuit (timer 3) in the Super Timer Unit into the buffer set in the RAM area with left shift.  
The timer measures the PBCTL signal pulse duty from the CTL amplifier circuit, and latches “1” to CTL F/F  
if the duty is larger than the value previously set, and “0” if the duty is smaller.  
Caution  
Take note that “1” and “0” of the VISS signal are reversed.  
The contents of SFR (bit 7 of timer control 3) specified with SFR pointer 1 is buffer area left shifted at interrupt  
generation. At the same time, the data of buffer area and comparison area are compared, and a vectored  
interrupt is generated if they coincide (macro service counter is decremented and if it becomes 0, a vectored  
interrupt is also generated).  
By option specification (bit 5 of macro service mode register = “1”), the operation is made so that the contents  
of SFR [capture trigger 30 (CPT30)] specified with SFR pointer 2 is multiplied with the coefficient and stored  
to SFR [compare register 30 (CR30)] specified with SFR pointer 3 (automatic updating of discrimination  
threshold when tape speed is varying).  
139  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
Figure 7-3. Data Pattern Discrimination Mode Block Configuration  
INTCR12 vectored interrupt  
Buffer area (memory) Comparison area (memory)  
Coefficient (memory)  
CPT30  
TM3  
Multiplication  
Upper address  
CR30  
CTL F/F  
(Bit 7 of TMC3)  
Explanation  
CPT30  
: PBCTL signal cycle enters  
: multiplier to find detection point enters  
Coefficient  
CR30  
: detection point (the result of CPT30 multiplied with coefficient) enters  
: VISS signal data with left shift enters  
Buffer area  
Comparison area : VISS detection pattern enters  
Vectored interrupt is generated when either one of the following conditions is satisfied.  
<1> If the contents of macro service counter 8 (MSC) is 0 (if interrupt request is generated for the number of  
times set in MSC).  
<2> If the data stored in buffer area coincides with the data in the comparison area separately set.  
140  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
Figure 7-4 shows the addressing and data setting in data pattern discrimination mode.  
Figure 7-4. Addressing and Data Setting in Data Pattern Discrimination Mode  
INTCR12 macro service control register  
Channel pointer  
(sets lower 8 bits of the  
address in MSC)  
FE0Dh  
FE0Ch  
Mode register  
( “ 00100100B ” : sets multiplication in  
data pattern discrimination mode)  
INTCR12 vectored interrupt  
(MSC = 0)  
Macro service counter  
(sets number of PBCTL signal frequen-  
cy division in each mode to MSC)  
Capture register  
(CPT30)  
SFR pointer 2  
Upper  
(sets lower 8 bits of the address  
in CPT30)  
address  
Multiplication coefficient  
(sets forward direction: 43.75%(“70h”),  
reverse direction: 56.25% (“90h”))  
Timer  
(TM3)  
SFR pointer 3  
(sets lower 8 bits of the  
address in CR30)  
Multiplication  
(Coincidence)  
SFR pointer 1  
(sets lower 8 bits of the  
address in TMC3)  
Buffer size specification register  
(sets 2 bytes)  
Compare register  
(CR30)  
PBCTL  
Buffer area (upper)  
Buffer area (lower)  
D
CK  
CLT F/F  
Comparison area pointer [upper]  
(sets upper 8 bits of upper  
address in comparison area)  
Bit 7  
Lower  
address  
Timer control register  
(TMC3)  
INTCR12  
vectored interrupt  
Comparison area pointer [lower]  
(sets lower 8 bits of upper  
address in comparison area)  
(Coincidence)  
Data comparison area [upper]  
(00000000B)  
Data comparison area [lower]  
(0000001B)  
(Explanation)  
Data flow <by PBCTL signal edge>  
Data flow <by coincidence of CPT3 and CR30>  
Address specification  
Interrupt generation  
141  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
7.2.2 VISS detection processing  
The following setting and processing are carried out to perform VISS detection.  
(1) Macro service initialization is performed before starting VISS detection  
Set data with data pattern discrimination mode multiplication (“14H”) to mode register  
Set lower 8 bits of the address in macro service counter (MSC) to channel pointer  
Set buffer area size specification register to 2 bytes (“02H”)  
Set clear (“0FFFFH”) to 2 bytes of buffer area  
Set lower 8 bits (“3BH”) of the address in timer control register 3 (TMC3) to SFR pointer 1  
Set lower 8 bits (“56H”) of the address in timer 3 capture register 0 (CPT30) to SFR pointer 2  
Set lower 8 bits (“5CH”) of the address in timer 3 compare register 0 (CR30) to SFR pointer 3  
Set data comparison area address to comparison area pointer  
Set comparison data (“0001H”) in comparison area  
Remark The value in the comparison setting area (“0001H”) means that VISS data “0” is entered once after  
VISS data “1” is entered 15 times.  
Caution  
Duty detection malfunction prevent circuit control (TMC3.6) is made operation enable for  
preventing VISS signal malfunction. Therefore, take note that unless VISS data “0” is  
entered twice consecutively, it is not judged that data “0” is entered (if VISS “1” data is  
entered once, it is judged that “1” is entered).  
(2) The frequency division of CTL signal is also set in each mode transition (equipment operation such as PLAY/  
CUE, and macro service counter (MSC) of tape mode such as EP and SP)  
Caution  
PBCTL signal frequency division is also performed in INTCR12 interrupt.  
In sets not provided with VISS detection, the counter mode macro service is used for PBCTL  
signal frequency division while, in sets provided with VISS detection, the data pattern  
discrimination mode macro service is used.  
142  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
(3) The following setting is carried out at every forward/reverse direction change  
Set each multiplication coefficient as follows:  
<In forward direction>  
Set 0.4375 time multiplier (70H) which is the value of the 43.75% position of PBCTL signal.  
<In reverse direction>  
Set 0.5625 time multiplier (90H) which is the value of the 56.25% position of PBCTL signal.  
Remark <1> The middle point of the percentage of VISS data “0” and “1” is adopted for multiplication  
coefficient.  
In forward direction ... (60% + 27.5%) ÷ 2 = 43.75%  
In reverse direction ... (40% + 72.5%) ÷ 2 = 56.25%  
<2> The multiplication coefficient set value is set as follows:  
In forward direction ... 0.4375 × 256 = 112 (70H)  
In reverse direction ... 0.5625 × 256 = 144 (90H)  
Set PBCTL signal input 4 edge as follows:  
<In forward direction>  
Generated at PBCTL signal rising edge  
<In reverse direction>  
Generated at PBCTL signal falling edge  
143  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
(4) INTCR12 macro service processing (automatically executed by macro service)  
The following INTCR12 macro service processing is automatically executed with trigger by PBCTL signal edge.  
The result of the automatic multiplication of the value of CPT30 and multiplication coefficient is set to CR30.  
(VISS detection setting)  
<In forward direction> (refer to Figure 7-5)  
Set 43.75% time of PBCTL signal cycle to CR30.  
CR30 CPT30 × 43.75%  
<In reverse direction> (refer to Figure 7-6)  
Set 56.25% time of PBCTL signal cycle to CR30.  
CR13 CPT30 × 56.25%  
(Explanation) CPT30:  
TM3 count value (a cycle of PBCTL signal) is captured at every PBCTL signal edge  
interrupt.  
Value of CLT F/F (TMC3.7) is left shifted to buffer area (the entire buffer is also left shifted).  
Compared with the value in comparison area, and if they coincide, INTCR12 vectored interrupt is generated.  
INTCR12 vectored interrupt is also generated when macro service counter is “0”.  
144  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
Figure 7-5. INTCR12 Macro Service Processing in Forward Direction  
Tape running direction  
100%  
43.75%  
PBCTL signal  
(before waveform  
shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(after waveform  
shaping)  
Specify PBCTL signal  
rising edge  
(n)  
(n+1)  
TM3 count value  
CTL F/F (TMC3.7)  
CPT30 (n)  
CR30 (n+1)  
INTCR12 macro  
service processing  
Level taken into CTL F/F  
(VISS detection point)  
The following processings are automatically performed with INTR12 macro service  
CR30 (n+1) CPT30 (n) × 0.4375  
Left shift CTL F/F (TMC3.7) value to buffer area  
Compare the values in comparison area and buffer area if they coincide,  
INTCR12 vectored interrupt is generated  
(if MSC is “ 0 ”, INTCR12 vectored interrupt is also generated).  
145  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
Figure 7-6. INTCR12 Macro Service Processing in Reverse Direction  
Tape running direction  
100%  
56.25%  
PBCTL signal  
(before waveform  
shaping)  
PBCTL signal  
(after waveform shaping)  
Specify PBCTL signal  
falling edge  
(n)  
(n+1)  
TM3 count value  
CTL F/F (TMC3.7)  
CPT30 (n)  
CR30 (n+1)  
INTCR12 macro  
service processing  
Level taken into CTL F/F  
(VISS detection point)  
The following processings are automatically performed with INTR12 macro service  
CR30 (n+1) CPT30 (n) × 0.5625  
Left shift CTL F/F (TMC3.7) value to buffer area  
Compare the values in comparison area and buffer area if they coincide,  
INTCR12 vectored interrupt is generated  
(if MSC is “ 0 ”, INTCR12 vectored interrupt is also generated).  
(5) The following processing is performed at INTCR12 vectored interrupt  
Since interrupt is generated either at every CTL signal frequency division or coincidence of data comparison,  
the following method is taken to judge which one is generated.  
If macro service counter (MSC) is not “00H”, it is judged as <interrupt by coincidence of VISS data  
comparison>  
If macro service counter (MSC) is “00H” and the contents of buffer area is “0001H” (the same value as  
that of comparison discrimination area) , it is judged as <interrupt by coincidence of VISS data  
comparison>  
<In the case of interrupt by coincidence of VISS data comparison>  
Set macro service counter value again  
Set macro service interrupt enable  
VISS signal is detected. Set VISS detection flag and notify system controller processing  
<In the case of interrupt not by coincidence of VISS data comparison>  
Set macro service counter value again  
Set macro service interrupt enable  
146  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
7.3 VISS Rewrite  
7.3.1 VISS rewrite method  
Newly writing VISS signal on recorded tape or erasing VISS signal already written is called VISS rewrite.  
Rewrite is performed by rewriting PBCTL signal as shown in Figure 7-7.  
Figure 7-7. VISS Rewrite  
(a) VISS write  
(b) VISS delete  
PBCTL signal  
Hi-Z  
RECCTL +  
RECCTL –  
PBCTL signal  
after rewrite  
147  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
The recording control signal (RECCTL) driver of µPD784915 has rewrite mode used for rewriting VISS signal.  
RECCTL driver internally holds sequence data, and the sequence is updated with specific interrupt as trigger.  
RECCTL driver sequence in rewrite mode operates RECCTL+ Pin and RECCTL– pin as shown in Table 7-2.  
Therefore, VISS signal rewrite is realized considering only the interrupt generation timing, which is a trigger signal.  
Table 7-2. RECCTL Driver Rewrite Mode Sequence  
Sequence  
RECCTL+  
RECCTL–  
0
1
2
3
High impedance  
Low level  
High level  
Low level  
High level  
148  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
7.3.2 VISS rewrite processing  
Rewrite processing is realized using INTCR11 and INTCR12.  
For rewrite timing, trigger timing is set to compare register 11 (CR11) using PBCTL signal interrupt INTCR12 as  
reference.  
Figure 7-8 shows VISS = 1 signal rewrite operation timing.  
Figure 7-8. VISS = 1 Signal Rewrite Operation Timing Chart  
Reference  
PBCTL signal  
VISS = 0  
erase  
INTCR12  
INTCR11  
INTCR11  
Timer 1  
INTCR11  
INTCR11  
1
0
2
1
3
2
4
3
Sequence  
0
1
RECCTL + pin  
RECCTL – pin  
PBCTL signal  
after rewrite  
VISS = 1  
rewrite  
149  
CHAPTER 7 VISS DETECTION  
Timing <1> in Figure 7-8 is PBCTL signal rising. At this point, the sequence is initialized, and the changing point  
from sequence 0 to sequence 1 is found with timer 1 (TM1) using the captured value as reference value, stored in  
compare register 11 (CR11), and INTCR11 interrupt is enabled.  
For the following timing <2> and <3> INTCR11 interrupt, each changing point to sequence 2 and 3 is found on  
timer 1 and stored in CR11. Rewrite is completed at timing <4> and INTCR11 interrupt is disabled.  
Each timing in NTSC is as shown in Table 7-3. VISS = 1 signal and VISS = 0 signal have different timings.  
Table 7-3. VISS Write Operation Timings  
Timings  
PBCTL rising <1> <2>  
<2> <3>  
VISS = 1 Write  
VISS = 0 Write  
5 ms  
5 ms  
4.176 ms  
16.192 ms  
5 ms  
20.021 ms  
5.345 ms  
5 ms  
<3> <4>  
<4> PBCTL rising  
Hi-Z cancellation timing from PBCTL rising is not specified for the period between the timing to become Hi-Z <4>  
and PBCTL rising. However, it is set as 5 ms for the sake of convenience, assuming it as the timing approximately  
a half way from PBCTL high pulse to PBCTL low pulse when VISS is 1.  
150  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
This chapter lists programs of this application software.  
151  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
$
DEBUG  
swOLD EQU  
0
;-----------------------------  
PUBLIC, EXTRN Declaration  
;-----------------------------  
;------------------------------  
PUBLIC  
;------------------------------  
;/////  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PROCESS ///////  
VPT2_000  
VR10_000  
VPT3_000  
VR12_000  
VR00_000  
VR02_000  
VR02_000  
VR13_000  
; INTCPT2  
; PROCESS ROUTINE  
; INTCR10  
; INTERRUPTION PROCESS  
; INTCRP3  
; INTERRUPTION  
; INTCR12  
; DETECTION INTERRUPT  
; INTCR00  
; TIMING SETTING  
; INTCR02  
; TIMING SETTING  
; INTCR02  
; TIMING SETTING  
; %INTCR13  
; %CTL  
DRUM FG INTERRUPTION  
DRUM PHASE ERROR DETECTION  
CAPSTAN FG  
CAPSTAN PHASE ERROR  
QUASI Vsync  
QUASI Vsync  
QUASI Vsync  
CTL DETECTION & OUTPUT SETTING  
;/////  
PUBLIC  
;/////  
SUBROUTINE /////  
YVTBL_00  
; SERVO DATA SETTING SUB  
RAM ///////////////  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
RVSCR12  
RVCCR12  
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE MODE REGISTER  
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE  
; CHANNEL POINTER  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
RVMCMPP  
RVB2CR12  
RVB1CR12  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE COMPARE AREA  
; POINTER  
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE BUFFER  
; AREA 2(L)  
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE BUFFER  
; AREA 1(H)  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
RVBFREG  
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE BUFFER SIZE REG  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE SFR POINTER 1  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE SFR POINTER 3  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE KEISU AREA  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE SFR POINTER 2  
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE COUNTER AREA  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE COMPARE DATA  
RVMSFRP1  
RVMSFRP3  
RVMKEISU  
RVMSFRP2  
RVMCCR12  
RVMCMPD  
;////  
MACRO SERVICE DATA //// ;%  
PUBLIC  
PTN_FF  
PTN_REW  
DT_CMP  
;%POSITIVE DIRECTION MULTIPLIER  
COEFFICIENT (0.4375) DATA  
;%REVERSE DIRECTION MULTIPLIER  
COEFFICIENT (0.5625) DATA  
;%CR12 COMPARISON DATA  
;%VISS  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
152  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
RVCPT3  
RVSRVCD  
RVCPRF  
;_L  
;_L  
; CPT3 LOW DATA MEMORY  
; SERVO CODE AREA  
; CAPSTAN PHASE REFERENCE LOW  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
RVCPT2  
RVCPT2  
;_L  
;_M  
; CPT2 LOW DATA MEMORY  
; CPT2 MIDDLE & HIGH DATA MEMORY  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
RVCPT1  
RVCPT0  
; % CPT1  
; % CPT0  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
RVFSRV_2  
RVCEVFG  
; SERVO DATA FLAG AREA 2  
; SP/LP/EP AUTO DETECT CFG DIVIDE  
; COUNTER  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
;/////  
RVPSVCNT  
RVCRAM  
; QUASI V SIGNAL COUNTER  
; MACRO SERVICE COUNT DATA  
; CR10 DATA BUFFER AREA  
RVBCR10  
BIT ///////////////  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
FVPBLP  
FVPBSEP  
; RUNNING MODE FPBLP FPBSEP  
;
;
;
;
SP :  
LP :  
EP :  
PAL:  
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
;/////  
FVDOUT  
; QUASI Vsync OUTPUT  
FVFLCTL  
; SET PBCTL MISSING FLAG  
CONSTANT /////  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
PUBLIC  
VSP  
VLP  
VSLP  
VPAL  
$
EJECT  
;------------------------------  
EXTRN  
;------------------------------  
;
;/////  
EXTRN  
PROCESS ///////  
SR12_000  
;/////  
EXTRN  
SUB ///////////////  
YPGADCHG  
; SET PG VALUE  
EXTRN  
;/////  
EXTRN  
YSA01_R1  
; 1SEC TIMER START FOR AUTO-TRACKING  
RAM ///////////////  
RSNOW  
; TRANSITION NOW MODE  
153  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
EXTRN  
RSNEXT  
; TRANSITION NEXT MODE  
EXTRN  
RSCFG90C  
RNSTIMO  
; CFG 90 PULSE COUNTER CHECK  
; TRANSITION TIMER AREA  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
RSFRSPED  
BIT ///////////////  
FSVMOFRQ  
FSMDCHG  
; CAPSTAN FF/REW SPEED LEVEL  
;/////  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
; V-MUTE OFF REQUEST  
; FLAG DURING MODE TRANSITION  
; INTCPT2 ENABLE REQUEST FLAG  
; DRUM ON/OFF FLAG  
FSEICPT2  
FSDRMON  
FHIFIM  
; Hi-Fi MODE FLAG  
FSVISSI  
; INDEX SEARCH  
MODE FLAG  
FSVISSO  
; ONCE MORE SEARCH MODE FLAG  
; VISS MARK/ERASE MODE FLAG  
; VISS SEARCH START FLAG  
; VISS DETECTION FLAG  
FSVISSME  
FSVISTR  
FSVISSOK  
FSAFRQ  
; RFS DOWN EDGE FOR AUTO-TRACKING  
; CAPSTAN ON FLAG  
FSCAPON  
FSCRRFRQ  
; CAPSTAN REVERSE RFS EDGE ON REQUEST  
; FLAG  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
;/////  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
EXTBIT  
FNSTENA  
FSAEND  
; SEARCH DETECT DI TIMER END FLAG  
; AUTO TRACKING END FLAG  
FNSTENO  
FSDFG  
; TRANSITION TIMER END FLAG  
; DFG EDGE DETECTION FLAG  
; TAPE SPEED CHANGE FLAG  
FSSPDCHG  
PORT ///////////////  
PRFS  
; RF SWITCHING PULSE  
; V-MUTE  
PQVD  
PCAPFWD  
PCAPF_R  
; CAPSTAN FORWARD/REVERSE  
; CAPSTAN FORWARD/REVERSE (to DECK)  
; %  
$
INCLUDE (PORT. INC)  
EXTBIT FPCAPF_R  
; FLAG FOR PORT REFRESH  
154  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
EXTBIT  
;/////  
FPQVD  
; FLAG FOR PORT REFRESH  
CODE /////////////  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
CSMLOAD  
CSMPLAY  
; TAPE LOADING  
; PLAY  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
EXTRN  
CVPLAY  
; PLAY  
CVFFRW2H  
CVFFRW6H  
CVFFRWX3  
CVFFREW  
CVCUE  
CVREV  
CVSTILL  
CVCUPL  
; 2Hrs PLAY (PH FIX)  
; 6Hrs PLAY (PH FIX)  
; 3Hrs PLAY x3 (PH FIX)  
; FF/REW (PH FIX)  
; CUE  
; REVIEW (VD OUT)  
(VD OUT)  
; STILL  
(VD OUT)  
; CUE PLAY (VD OUT)  
; RVS PLAY (VD OUT & PH FIX)  
; 6Hrs PLAY (VD OUT & PH FIX)  
CVRVS  
CVFR6HVD  
$
EJECT  
;--------------------------------  
SERVO RELATED EQU AREA  
;
;--------------------------------  
;*** SERVO DATA AREA ***  
VSEQU1  
DSEG  
SADDR  
;%  
;*** SERVO REFERENCE DATA ***  
RVDFRF:  
RVCPT2:  
RVCPT22:  
DS  
DS  
DS  
3
3
3
; DRUM SPEED REFERENCE  
; CPT2 DATA MEMORY  
; FOR DEBUG  
;*** CAPTURE DATA MEMORY ***  
RVCPT0:  
RVCPT1:  
DS  
DS  
3
3
; CPT0 DATA MEMORY  
; CPT1 LOW DATA MEMORY  
;*** SERVO ERROR DATA ***  
RVERDF:  
RVERDF_1:  
DS  
DS  
2
2
; DRUM SPEED ERROR  
; DRUM SPEED ERROR(–1)  
RVERDP:  
RVERDP_1:  
DS  
DS  
2
2
; DRUM PHASE ERROR  
; DRUM PHASE ERROR(–1)  
;--- PWM OUTPUT BIAS DATA AREA ---  
RVDBAS:  
;RVDBAS_L:  
;RVDBAS_H:  
DS  
DS  
DS  
2
1
1
; DRUM BIAS LOW BYTE  
; DRUM BIAS HIGH BYTE  
;--- DRUM PHASE FILTER UNKNOWN-QUANTITY ---  
RVERDP_Y:  
RVERDP_bY:  
RVERDF_Y  
DS  
DS  
DS  
DS  
2
4
2
4
RVERDF_bY  
155  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
$
EJECT  
;*** FILTER MEMORY ***  
;*** FILTER COEFFICIENT DATA *** ; %FILTER PRODUCT-SUM OPERATION WORK AREA  
B_buf:  
DS  
DS  
2
2
; (LOOP GAIN)  
; (FILTER COEFFICIENT ” a ”) x  
; (LOOP GAIN)  
DS  
DS  
2
2
; (FILTER COEFFICIENT ” b ”) x  
; (OUTPUT) x (–1)  
RVC_Kmp:  
$EJECT  
; CAPSTAN LOOP GAIN ” G1 ”  
;*** CAPSTAN DATA ***  
RVCFRF:  
RVCPRF:  
DS  
DS  
3
2
; CAPSTAN SPEED REFERENCE  
; CAPSTAN PHASE REFERENCE  
;*** SERVO ERROR DATA ***  
RVERCF:  
DS  
2
; CAPSTAN SPEED ERROR  
RVERCP:  
RVERCP_1:  
DS  
DS  
2
2
; CAPSTAN PHASE ERROR  
; CAPSTAN PHASE ERROR(–1)  
RVERCMX:  
DS  
DS  
2
2
; CAPSTAN SPEED & PHASE MIXED  
; ERROR  
: CAPSTAN SPEED & PHASE MIXED  
; ERROR(–1)  
RVERCMX_1  
;*** CAPTURE DATA MEMORY ***  
RVCPT3: DS  
3
; CPT3 DATA MEMORY  
;--- PWM OUTPUT BIAS DATA AREA ---  
RVCBAS: DS  
2
; CAPSTAN BIAS LEVEL  
;--- CAPSTAN PHASE FILTER UNKNOWN-QUANTITY ---  
RVERCP_Y:  
RVERCP_by:  
DS  
DS  
2
4
; CAPSTAN PHASE ” Y ”  
; CAPSTAN PHASE ” b x Y ”  
;--- CAPSTAN SPEED/PHASE MIX FILTER UNKNOWN-QUANTITY ---  
RVERCMX_Y:  
DS  
DS  
2
4
; CAPSTAN SPEED/PHASE MIX  
; ” Y ”  
; CAPSTAN SPEED/PHASE MIX  
; ” b x Y ”  
RVERCMX_bY:  
RVSRVCD:  
DS  
1
; SERVO CODE AREA  
FVDOUT  
FVPHFX  
EQU  
EQU  
RVSRVCE.7  
RVSRVCD.6  
; QUASI Vsync OUTPUT  
; PHASE CONTROL IS NOT PERFORMED  
RVCRAM:  
DS  
DS  
1
1
; MACRO SERVICE COUNT DATA  
RVCEVFG:  
; SP/LP/EP AUTO DETECT CFG  
; DIVIDE COUNTER  
156  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
RVSLPCH:  
DS  
DS  
1
1
; SP/LP/EP CHATTERING COUNT  
; AREA  
RVFSRV_2:  
; SERVO DATA FLAG AREA 2  
FVDFE10 EQU  
FVCFERR EQU  
FVCPLCK EQU  
RVFSRV_2.7  
RVFSRV_2.6  
RVFSRV_2.5  
; DRUM SPEED ERROR 10% OVER FLAG  
; CAPSTAN SPEED ERROR (+/–)SIGN FLAG  
; CAPSTAN PHASE LOCK FLAG  
; 0:LOCK 1: UNLOCK  
FVCFE05 EQU  
FVHQVDT EQU  
FVFLCTL EQU  
RVFSRV_2.4  
RVFSRV_2.3  
RVFSRV_2.2  
RVFSRV_2.1  
RVFSRV_2.0  
; CAPSTAN SPEED ERROR 5% OVER FLAG  
; QVD HIGH TIMING FLAG  
; PBCTL ERROR FLAG  
; PB LP DATA FLAG  
; PB SP/EP DATA FLAG  
FVPBLP  
EQU  
FVPBSEP EQU  
;
;
;
;
;
FPBLP FPBSEP  
SP :  
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
LP :  
EP :  
PAL:  
RVPSVCNT:  
DS  
1
; QUASI V SIGNAL COUNTER  
;///// CAPSTAN KV/KP ////////////////  
RVC_Kvp:  
RVBCR10:  
DS  
2
;
; Kv/Kp REAL NUMBER (1 BYTE) + DECIMAL  
FRACTION (1 BYTE)  
;*** CR10 DATA BUFFER AREA ***  
; %930  
; CR10 BUFFER REG LOW  
DS  
2
;--- MODE NTSC/MODE PAL FOR ROM READ ---  
MODE NTSC  
MODE PAL  
MODE LP  
EQU  
EQU  
EQU  
0
2
4
;
;
;
NTSC_PAL:  
DS  
1
; FOR SPEED UP  
;*** INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE DATA ***  
MCRAREA  
RVSCR12:  
RVCCR12:  
DSEG AT 0FE0CH  
;%  
DS  
DS  
1
1
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE MODE REGISTER  
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE CHANNEL  
; POINTER  
RVMCMPP:  
DS  
2
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE COMPARE AREA  
; POINTER  
RVB2CR12:  
RVB1CR12:  
RVBFREG:  
RVMSFRP1:  
RVMSFRP3:  
RVMKEISU:  
RVMSFRP2:  
RVMCCR12:  
RVMCMPD:  
DS  
DS  
DS  
DS  
DS  
DS  
DS  
DS  
DS  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE BUFFER AREA 2(L)  
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE BUFFER AREA 1(H)  
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE BUFFER SIZE REG  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE SFR POINTER 1  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE SFR POINTER 3  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE KEISU AREA  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE SFR POINTER 2  
; INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE COUNTER  
;%INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE COMPARE AREA  
157  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
PTN_FF  
PTN_REW  
DT_CMP  
EQU  
70H  
; %POSITIVE DIRECTION MULTIPLIER  
; COEFFICIENT (0.4375)  
EQU (PTN_FF XOR 0FFH)+1 ; %REVERSE DIRECTION MULTIPLIER  
; COEFFICIENT (0.5625)  
EQU  
;--- FOR DEBUG ---- %%%%  
DSEG UNIT  
0000H or 0001H  
; %CR30 COMPARISON DATA  
; %VISS  
DEB  
SAVE_CNT:  
SAVE_AREA:  
DS  
DS  
2
256  
;
;
;--- SP/LP/EP PAL MODE CODE ----  
CVSP  
CVSLP  
CVLP  
EQU  
EQU  
EQU  
EQU  
00H  
01H  
02H  
03H  
; SP MODE  
; EP MODE  
; LP MODE  
; SP (PAL) MODE  
CVPAL  
$
EJECT  
;-----------------------------  
SERVO DATA TABLE  
;-----------------------------  
VtSRVO CSEG  
;////  
UNIT  
5% of maximum drum speed error amount ////  
tDF_5per:  
DW  
DW  
022CH  
029AH  
;NTSC 1.3903ms / 125ns * 0.05 = 556.1  
;PAL 1.6667ms / 125ns * 0.05 = 666.7  
;////  
10% of maximum drum speed error amount ////  
tDF_10per:  
DW 0458H  
;NTSC 1.3903ms / 125ns * 0.1 = 1112.2  
DW 0535H  
;////  
;PAL 1.6667ms / 125ns * 0.1 = 1333.3  
Drum speed gain ////  
tDF_Kv:  
DW 011C2H  
DW 011C2H  
;NTSC 32767 / (0.23066ms / 125ns)= 17.76  
;PAL  
;////  
Maximum drum speed error amount xx.xx ////  
tDF_max:  
DW 0735H  
;NTSC 8388607 / 4546 = 1845.3  
;PAL  
DW 0735H  
;////  
Minimum drum speed error amount ////  
tDF_min:  
DW 10000H - 0735H  
DW 10000H - 0735H  
;NTSC  
;PAL  
;////  
Filter coefficient of drum speed (G) ////  
tDF_fG:  
158  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
DW  
DW  
015FDH  
015A0H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
;////  
Filter coefficient of drum speed (aG) ////  
tDF_fAG:  
DW  
DW  
0F2A8H  
0F22CH  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
;////  
Filter coefficient of drum speed (-b) ////  
tDF_fB:  
DW  
DW  
0775AH  
07832H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
;////  
Drum phase gain ////  
tDP_Kp:  
; NTSC 32767 / (5.710ms / 125ns) = 0.717  
; NTSC %8/18 ADJUSTMENT  
; PAL  
DW 0FC40H  
DW 0FC40H  
;////  
Maximum drum phase error amount ////  
tDP_max:  
DW 2220H  
DW 2220H  
; NTSC 8386607 / 0B7 = 45839.4 > 32767  
; NTSC  
;////  
Minimum drum phase error amount ////  
tDP_min:  
DW 10000H - 2220H  
DW 10000H - 2220H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
;////  
Filter coefficient of drum phase (G) ////  
tDP_fG:  
DW 006D2H  
DW 0086EH  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
;////  
Filter coefficient of drum phase (aG) ////  
tDP_fAG:  
DW 0F987H  
DW 0F815H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
;////  
tDP_fB:  
Filter coefficient of drum phase (-b) ////  
DW 07FA5H  
DW 07F7BH  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
;////  
10% of maximum capstan speed error amount ////  
tCF_10per:  
DW 0458H  
DW 0C60H  
; NTSC 2.7778ms / 125ns * 0.1 = 2222.2  
; PAL 3.9602ms / 125ns * 0.1 = 3668.2  
159  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;
;
;////  
Capstan speed gain ////  
;tCF_Kv, tCP_Kp are given in table per mode.  
;//// Maximum capstan speed error amount ////  
tCF_max:  
DW  
DW  
1E79H  
1E79H  
; NTSC 8386607 / 433(1075) = 7801.5...4.2  
; PAL 8386607 / 433(1075) = 7801.5  
;////  
Minimum capstan speed error amount ////  
tCF_min:  
DW  
DW  
10000H - 1E79H  
10000h - 1E79H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
;////  
Filter coefficient of capstan speed phase composite (G) ////  
tCMX_fG:  
DW  
DW  
DW  
0205FH  
01478H  
01796H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
; LP  
;////  
Filter coefficient of capstan speed phase composite (aG) ////  
tCMX_fAG:  
DW  
DW  
DW  
0E0A1H  
0ECDCH  
0E9C0H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
; LP  
;////  
Filter coefficient of capstan speed phase composite (-b) ////  
tCMX_fB:  
DW  
DW  
DW  
07EFEH  
07EA9H  
07EA9H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
; LP  
;////  
Maximum capstan phase error amount ////  
tCP_max:  
DW  
DW  
15A0H  
15A0H  
; NTSC 8386607 / 0BD5 = 2768.8  
; PAL 8386607 / 0BD5 = 2768.8  
;////  
Minimum capstan phase error amount ////  
tCP_min:  
DW  
DW  
10000H - 15A0H  
10000H - 15A0H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
;////  
Filter coefficient of capstan phase control (G) ////  
fCP_fG:  
DW  
DW  
01264H  
010D8H  
; 01164H %% ; NTSC  
; PAL  
;////  
Filter coefficient of capstan phase control (aG) ////  
fCP_fAG:  
DW  
DW  
0EE74H  
0EFF1H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
160  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;////  
Filter coefficient of capstan phase control (–b) ////  
tCP_fB:  
DW  
DW  
07F57H  
07F35H  
; NTSC  
; PAL  
;------- Data store subroutine ---------------------  
;
FOR DEBUG  
SAVE_AX:  
XCH  
ADD  
MOVW  
XCH  
RET  
B,!SAVE_CNT  
B, #2  
SAVE_AREA[B], AX  
B,!SAVE_CNT  
$
EJECT  
CSEG  
VDFG  
UNIT  
;----------------------------------------------------  
INTCPT2 DRUM FG INTERRUPTION PROCESS ROUTINE  
;
;----------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
VPT2_000 : Interruption initial processing  
VPT2_100 : Drum speed error calculation  
VPT2_200 : Drum phase error x loop gain (Kp)  
VPT2_300 : Drum speed error x loop gain (Kv)  
VPT2_400 : Drum speed adjustment amount + drum  
phase adjustment degree + bias value  
;
;
;
VPT2_500 : Save capture value (next CPT2n - 1)  
VPT2_600 : Processing after interruption  
;----------------------------------------------------  
Interruption initial process  
;
;----------------------------------------------------  
VPT2_000:;V  
:///// Register setting /////////  
SEL  
VPT2_010:  
;///// Highest order interruption enable ///  
RB2  
MOVW  
PUSH  
MOVW  
NOP  
AX,MK0  
AX  
AX,MK1  
;%%%  
AX  
; SAVE MASK REGISTER  
;%SAVE MASK REGISTER  
;%  
PUSH  
OR  
OR  
OR  
OR  
MK0L,#11101111b  
MK0H,#01111100b  
MK1L,#11110111b  
MK1H,#11111110b  
;%INTCR00 ENABLE  
;%INTP2, INTCR02, INTCR11 ENABLE  
;%INTCR13 ENABLE ;%ctl  
;%INTP3 ENABLE  
EI  
SET1  
FSDFG  
; SET DFG EDGE DETECTION FLAG  
161  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
MOVG  
RVCPT22,WHL  
; FOR DEBUG %%%  
MOVG  
ADDG  
SUBG  
BH  
TDE,RVDFRF  
TDE,#7FFFH  
TDE,WHL  
; LIMIT THE MAXIMUM VALUE  
;
; SET THE MAXIMUM VALUE TO 7FFFH + TARGET VALUE  
;
$VPT2_101  
ADDG  
WHL,TDE  
;
VPT2_101:  
VPT2_110:  
;///// E DV CALCULATION ///////////  
SUBG  
WHL,RVDFEF  
; E DV = NDF – NDFL  
; DRUM SPEED ERROR = MEASURED SPEED –  
TARGET SPEED  
VPT2_120:;B  
;///// Get error amount /////////  
MOVW  
BF  
AX,HL  
A.7,$VPT2_128  
; ABSOLUTE VALUE CALCULATION  
;
MOVW  
SUBW  
HL,#0  
HL,AX  
;
; HL ABSOLUTE VALUE  
VPT2_128:  
MOVW  
VP,AX  
; VP ERROR AMOUNT  
MOV  
AND  
A,RVFSRV_2  
A,#00000011b  
; READ RUN MODE  
;
MOV  
B,#MODE NTSC  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVPAL  
$VPT2_129  
; PAL?  
; No  
MOV  
B,#MODE PAL  
NTSC PAL,B  
;
VPT2_129:  
MOV  
; STORE NTSC = 0/PAL = 2  
VPT2_130:;B  
;///// Check error amount 5% ///  
MOVW  
AX, tDF_5per[B]  
;
;
;
DW  
DW  
022CH  
029AH  
;
;
CMPW  
BC  
HL,AX  
$VPT2_140  
;
;
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERDP_1,#0000H  
RVERDP_Y,#0000H  
RVERDP_bY,#0000H  
;%  
; DRUM PHASE ERROR 0000H  
;%  
162  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
MOVW  
VPT2_140:;B  
;///// Check error 10% ///  
RVERDP_bY+2,#0000H  
;%  
MOVW  
AX,tDF_10per[B]  
;
;
;
DW  
DW  
0458H  
0535H  
;
;
VPT2_140_10 :  
CMPW  
MOV1  
AX,HL  
FVDFE10,CY  
;
; SET FLAG IF DRUM SPEED ERROR IS 10% OR MORE  
VPT2_150:;B  
;///// Check maximum error value ///  
MOVW  
AX,tDF_MAX[B]  
; LIMIT MAXIMUM VALUE OF DRUM SPEED ERROR  
;
;
DW  
DW  
0735H  
0735H  
;
;
CMPW  
BNC  
AX,HL  
$VPT2_160  
; MAXIMUM VALUE: DRUM SPEED ERROR  
;
>=  
CMPW  
BC  
VP,#8000H  
$VPT2_151  
; SIGN  
; CY = 1 POSITIVE NUMBER  
; CY = 0 NEGATIVE NUMBER  
MOVW  
AX,tDF_MIN[B]  
; MINIMUM VALUE: DRUM SPEED ERROR  
;
;
DW  
DW  
10000H-0735H  
10000H-0735H  
;
;
VPT2_151:;B  
MOVW  
VPT2_160:;B  
;///// Save speed error ///////  
VP,AX  
;
XCHW  
MOVW  
VP,RVERDF  
RVERDF_1,VP  
; RVERDF ERROR AMOUNT OF THIS TIME  
; RVERDF_1 ERROR AMOUNT OF LAST TIME  
163  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
Lag read filter processing  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
0. Set filter coefficient  
NTSC:  
f1  
f2  
=
=
8
56  
calculation from  
DFG = 719.28Hz  
MAL a = –0.60695401  
MBL b = –0.93247632  
MGL g = 0.17179585  
PAL:  
f1  
f2  
=
=
6
42  
calculation from  
DFG = 600.00Hz  
MAL a = –0.63946320  
MBL b = –0.93908194  
MGL g = 0.16896488  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT2_170:  
;/////Set filter coefficient ///  
MOV  
B,NTSC_PAL  
;
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,tDF_fG[B]  
B_buf,AX  
AX,tDF_fAG[B]  
B_buf+2,AX  
AX,tDF_fB[B]  
B_buf+4,AX  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;/////Filter calculation processing ///  
MOV  
MOV  
MOVW  
MOVW  
B,#LOW(B_buf)  
C,#LOW(RVERDF)  
DE,RVERDF_bY  
;
;
;
;
AX,RVERDF_bY+2  
MACSW  
MOVW  
2
; LAG READ FILTER PROCESSING  
RVERDF_Y,AX  
; DRUM SPEED ERROR AMOUNT  
(AFTER FILTER CALCULATION)  
MOVW  
DE,B_buf+4  
;
MULW  
SHLW  
ROLC  
ROLC  
DE  
;
;
;
;
DE,1  
X,1  
A,1  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERDF_bY,DE  
RVERDF_bY+2,AX  
; (–b)•Y  
;
164  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
Drum phase error x Loop gain (Kp)  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
0. Get Kp (Decimal fraction is ignored)  
NTSC  
PAL  
Kp = –3.75  
Kp = –3.75  
Real number  
Real number  
: 0FC40H  
: 0FC40H  
1. Phase error x Loop gain  
HL HL + AX  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT2_200:  
;/////Get Kp ///////////  
MOV  
MOVW  
B,NTSC_PAL  
AX,tDP_Kp[B]  
;
;
;
;
DW  
DW  
11C2H  
11C2H  
;
;
;/////Error x Kp ////////  
MOVW  
MULW  
DE,RVERDP_Y  
DE  
; DRUM PHASE ERROR AMOUNT  
(AFTER FILTER CALCULATION)  
;
CMPW  
BNC  
AX,#0FF80H  
$VPT2_230  
; ZERO CHECK  
;
CMP  
BNC  
A,#80H  
$VPT2_229  
;
; UNDERFLOW  
CMPW  
BC  
AX,#0080H  
$VPT2_230  
;
MOVW  
BR  
AX,#7FFFH  
VPT2_231  
; 7FFFH OVERFLOW  
;
VPT2_229:  
MOVW  
BR  
AX,#8000H  
VPT2_231  
; 8000H UNDERFLOW  
;
VPT2_230:  
MOV  
MOV  
A,X  
X,D  
; A(XD)E  
;
VPT2_231:  
MOVW  
HL,AX  
; HL DRUM PHASE ERROR AMOUNT  
(AFTER GAIN ADDITION)  
VPT2_220:  
165  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
Drum speed error x Loop gain (Kv)  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
0. Get Kv (Decimal fraction is ignored)  
NTSC  
PAL  
Kv = 17.76  
Kv = 17.76  
Real number  
Real number  
: 11C2H  
: 08E1H  
1. Speed error x Loop gain  
AX AX + DE  
;;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT2_300:;B  
;/////Get Kv ///////////  
MOV  
MOVW  
B,NTSC_PAL  
AX,tDF_Kv[B]  
;
;
;/////Error x Kv ////////  
MOVW  
MULW  
DE,RVERDF_Y  
DE  
; DRUM SPEED ERROR AMOUNT  
(AFTER FILTER OPERATION)  
; AX DRUM SPEED ERROR AMOUNT  
(AFTER GAIN ADDITION)  
MOV  
MOV  
A,X  
X,D  
; A(XD)E  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
; Drum speed adjustment + Drum phase adjustment + bias value PWM 0  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
VPT2_400:;B  
;/////Speed total + bias + phase total gain /////  
ADDW  
BNV  
AX,HL  
$VPT2_411  
; DRUM PHASE ERROR ADDITION  
;
MOVW  
ADDC  
ADDC  
AX,#07FFFH  
X,#0  
A,#0  
; 7FFFH OVERFLOW  
;
; 8000H UNDERFLOW  
VPT2_411:  
BT  
A.7,$VPT2_412  
;
ADDW  
BR  
AX,RVDBAS  
VPT2_420  
; BIAS ADDITION (<7FFF)  
;
VPT2_412:  
ADDW  
BC  
AX,RVDBAS  
$VPT2_420  
; BIAS ADDITION (<7FFF)  
;
MOVW  
AX,#0000H  
; 0000H OVERFLOW  
166  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
VPT2_420:;B  
;/////PWM 0 Output //////////  
;v% PWM limitation items  
CMPW  
BC  
AX,#0100H  
$VPT2_421  
CMPW  
BNH  
AX,#0FF00H  
$VPT2_422  
MOVW  
BR  
AX,#0FF00H  
VPT2_422  
VPT2_421:  
MOVW  
AX,#0100H  
VPT2_422:  
;^% PWM limitation items  
MOVW PWM0,AX  
; SET DRUM PWM DATA  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Save capture value (Next CPT2n - 1)  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT2_500:  
;/////Save CPT2 ///////  
MOVG  
RVCPT2,UUP  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Processing after interrupt  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT2_600:  
;///// Multiple interrupt disable /////  
DI  
POP  
MOVW  
AX  
MK1,AX  
; %RETURN MASK REGISTER  
; %SET MASK REGISTER  
POP  
AX  
; RETURN MASK REGISTER  
MOV1  
MOV1  
CY,CRMK02  
A.0,CY  
; LOAD INTCR0 2 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
; SAVE INTCR0 2 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
MOV1  
MOV1  
CY,PMK2  
A.7,CY  
; %LOAD INTP 2 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
; %SAVE INTP 2 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
MOVW  
MK0,AX  
; SET MASK REGISTER  
VPT2_EXT:  
RETI  
EJECT  
CSEG  
$
VDPGP  
UNIT  
167  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
INTCR10 Drum phase error detection interruption processing  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
VR10_000 : Interrupt initial processing  
VP10_100 : Calculation of phase control target value  
VP10_200 : Calculation of drum phase error  
VP10_300 : Lag read filter processing  
VP10_400 : Processing after interrupt  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Interrupt initial processing  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR10_000:;V  
;/////Register setting /////////  
SEL  
RB2  
; HIGH-ORDER INTERRUPT  
VR10_010:  
;/////Read CPT0 ////  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOV  
MOV  
MOVG  
AX,CPT0L  
HL,AX  
A,CPT0H  
W,A  
;
;
;
;
;
UUP,WHL  
VR10_020:  
;/////Drum on check ///  
BT  
FSDRMON,$VR10_030  
RETI  
VR10_030:;B  
;/////Check speed error /////  
BF  
RETI  
FVDFE10,$VR10_040  
; 10% OR MORE DRUM SPEED ERROR? NO  
; Yes INTERRUPT END  
VR10_040:;B  
;/////High-order interrupt enable ///  
MOVW  
PUSH  
MOVW  
NOP  
AX,MK0  
AX  
AX,MK1  
; SAVE MASK REGISTER  
;%SAVE MASK REGISTER  
; %%%  
;%  
PUSH  
AX  
OR  
OR  
OR  
OR  
MK0L,#11101111B  
MK0H,#01111100B  
MK1L,#11110111B  
MK1H,#11111110B  
;%INTCR00 ENABLE  
;%INTP2, INTCR02, INTCR11 ENABLE  
;%INTCR13 ENABLE ;%CTL  
;%INTP3 ENABLE  
EI  
168  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
Calculation of phase control target value  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
<1>Digital value equal to HSW pulse delay amount  
CR00 x 4 times (difference between timer 0 and FRC clock frequency)  
<2>Delay amount for half cycle of frame  
CR10 value  
<3>Delay amount for 6.5 Hrs  
6.5 Hrs (0.41 msec) ÷ 125 ns (FRC clock) = 616d  
<4>Delay amount for Vsync separation  
SOFT execution time ÷ 125 ns (FRC clock)  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR10_100:  
;/////Phase target value calculation ///////  
; SET MINIMUM UNIT TO 0.500 us  
MOVG  
MOVW  
SHLW  
ADDW  
WHL,#0  
HL,CR00  
HL,1  
;
; CR00*2  
;
; + CR10  
HL,CR10  
ADDG  
MOVG  
WHL,#0355H  
VVP,WHL  
; + (<3> + <4>) 413.14 + 13.5  
; = 426.64 µs (853)  
; VVP PHASE TARGET VALUE  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Drum phase error calculation  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
; 0. Phase error calculation  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
EDP = [(CPT0 value) – (CPT1 value)] – NDPL  
EDP  
:Drum phase error amount  
NDPL  
:Phase control target value  
MCPT1  
MCPT0  
:Capture value of internal HSW falling edge only  
:Capture at CR10 match  
; 1. Check phase error maximum value  
;
;
;
;
;
Assume NTSC error 06B1H error = 06B1H (maximum)  
Assume PAL error 06B1H error = 06B1H (maximum)  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
169  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
VR10_200:  
;/////Phase error calculation /////////  
MOVG  
MOVG  
SUBG  
WHL,UUP  
RVCPT0,WHL  
WHL,RVCPT1  
; (MCPT0 – MCPT1)  
;
; DRUM PHASE ERROR  
MOV  
A,W  
; DIVIDE DRUM PHASE ERROR INTO 1/2  
AND  
SHR  
A,#03FH  
A,1  
;
;
;%%  
MOV  
W,A  
;
RORC  
RORC  
SHR  
MOV  
RORC  
RORC  
H,1  
L,1  
A,1  
W,A  
H,1  
L,1  
;
;
;%%  
;%%  
;%%  
;%%  
MOV  
MOVW  
MOV  
B,NTSC_PAL  
AX,tDP_MAX[B]  
T,#0  
; LIMIT MAXIMUM VALUE  
;
;
MOVW  
ADDG  
DE,AX  
TDE,VVP  
;
; SET MAXIMUM VALUE TO TARGET +  
MAXIMUM LIMITATION VALUE  
SUBG  
BH  
TDE,WHL  
$VR10_201  
;
;
ADDG  
WHL, TDE  
;
VR10_201:  
SUBG  
BNC  
WHL,VVP  
; DRUM PHASE ERROR –  
; E DP (TARGET VALUE OF DRUM PHASE ERROR)  
; IS ERROR AMOUNT NEGATIVE VALUE?  
$VR10_220  
;/////Check maximum error value ///  
; NEGATIVE VALUE  
;;  
MOV  
MOV  
B,NTSC_PAL  
T,#0FFH  
;
; LESS THAN MINIMUM VALUE?  
MOVW  
MOVW  
SUBG  
BC  
AX,tDP_MIN[B]  
DE,AX  
TDE,WHL  
;
;
; MINIMUM VALUE – ERROR AMOUNT  
;
$VR10_220  
MOVW  
HL,AX  
;
VR10_220:  
XCHW  
MOVW  
HL,RVERDP  
RVERDP_1,HL  
; RVERDP DRUM PHASE ERROR OF THIS TIME  
; RVERDP_1 DRUM PHASE ERROR OF LAST TIME  
170  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
Lag read filter processing  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
0. Set filter coefficient  
NTSC:  
f1 = 0.013Hz  
f2 = 0.25 Hz  
DPG = 30Hz  
calculation from  
MAL a = –0.94897592  
MBL b = –0.99728098  
MGL g  
=
0.05328881  
PAL:  
f1 = 0.016Hz  
f2 = 0.25 Hz  
DPG = 25Hz  
calculation from  
MAL a = –0.93908194  
MBL b = –0.99598683  
MGL g  
=
0.06587816  
;;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR10_300:;B  
;/////Set filter coefficient ///  
MOV  
B,NTSC_PAL  
;
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,tDP_fG[B]  
B_buf,AX  
AX,tDP_fAG[B]  
B_buf+2,AX  
AX,tDP_fB[B]  
B_buf+4,AX  
;
;
;
;
;
;
VR10_310:;B  
;/////  
Filter calculation processing /////  
MOV  
MOV  
MOVW  
MOVW  
B,#LOW(B_buf)  
C,#LOW(RVERDP)  
DE,RVERDP_bY  
;
;
;
;
AX,RVERDP_bY+2  
MACSW  
MOVW  
2
;
RVERDP_Y,AX  
; DRUM PHASE ERROR AMOUNT  
(AFTER FILTER CALCULATION)  
MOVW  
DE,B_buf+4  
;
VR10_YL EQU  
13FH  
BT  
CMPW  
BC  
MOVW  
BR  
A.7,$VR10_312  
AX,#VR10_YL  
$VR10_314  
AX,#VR10_YL  
VR10_314  
;;;;; MAXIMUM LIMITATION PROCESSING Yn – 1  
; POSITIVE NUMBER  
;
;
171  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
VR10_312:  
CMPW  
AX,#10000H - VR10_YL  
; NEGATIVE NUMBER  
BNC  
$VR10_314  
;
MOVW  
AX,#10000H - VR10_YL  
;
VR10_314:  
;;;;;  
MULW  
SHLW  
ROLC  
ROLC  
DE  
;
;
;
;
DE,1  
X,1  
A,1  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERDP_bY,DE  
RVERDP_bY+2,AX  
; (–b)•Y  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
CR10 Revision processing  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR10_320:  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,RVBCR10  
CR10,AX  
; CR10 CR10 DATA BUFFER AREA  
;
; Note: When write CR10, perform in  
;
;
;
INTCR10 routine. (Unless, TM1  
may overflow depending on timing  
of writing!)  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Processing after interrupt  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR10_400:  
;/////Multiple interrupt disable /////  
DI  
POP  
MOVW  
AX  
MK1,AX  
; %RETURN MASK REGISTER  
; %SET MASK REGISTER  
POP  
AX  
; RETURN MASK REGISTER  
MOV1  
MOV1  
CY,CRMK02  
A.0,CY  
; LOAD INTCR02 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
; SAVE INTCR02 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
MOV1  
MOV1  
CY,PMK2  
A.7,CY  
; %LOAD INTP2 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
; %SAVE INTP2 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
MOVW  
MK0,AX  
; SET MASK REGISTER  
VR10_EXT:  
RETI  
EJECT  
CSEG  
$
VCFG  
UNIT  
172  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
INTCPT3 Capstan FG interrupt  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
VRT3_000 : Interrupt initial processing  
VRT3_100 : PBCTL signal missing detection  
VRT3_200 : Capstan speed error calculation  
VRT3_300 : Error amount calculation special processing  
VRT3_400 : Speed error x loop gain (Kv/Kp)  
VRT3_500 : Capstan speed adjustment amount + Capstan phase  
adjustment amount  
VRT3_600 : MIX error amount digital filter processing  
VRT3_700 : Capstan speed/phase MIX (Yn) x gain adjustment  
VRT3_800 : Capstan speed/phase MIX adjustment value + bias value  
VPT3_900 : Capstan PWM output  
VRT3_A00 : Processing after interrupt  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Interrupt initial processing  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_000:;V  
;/////Register setting /////////  
SEL  
RB2  
; HIGH ORDER INTERRUPT  
VPT3_010:  
;/////Multiple interrupt enable ////  
MOVW  
PUSH  
MOVW  
NOP  
AX,MK0  
AX  
AX,MK1  
;%%%  
AX  
; SAVE MASK REGISTER  
;%SAVE MASK REGISTER  
;%  
PUSH  
OR  
OR  
OR  
OR  
MK0L,#11101111B  
MK0H,#01111100B  
MK1L,#11110111B  
MK1H,#11111110B  
;%INTCR00 ENABLE  
;%INTP2,INTCR02, INTCR11 ENABLE  
;%INTCR13 ENABLE ;%ctl  
;%INTP3 ENABLE  
EI  
VPT3_015:  
;/////Check CFG 90 pulse counter ////  
CMP  
BZ  
RSCFG90C,#00  
$VPT3_100  
DEC  
RSCFG90C  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
Increment play run mode automatic judgment counter  
PBCTL signal missing detection  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_100:  
INC  
RVCEVFG  
; CFG counter increment @@@ change  
173  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
VPT3_110:  
BT  
VPT3_130:  
FSMDCHG,$VPT3_200  
; AT TRANSITION? Yes  
CMP  
BC  
RVCEVFG,#40  
$VPT3_200  
; PBCTL SIGNAL MISSING? @@@ CHANGE  
; No  
VPT3_140:  
BT  
SET1  
VPT3_141:  
FVPHFX,$VPT3_141  
FVFLCTL  
;%PH FIX ON? Yes (FF/REW) ;%ctl  
; SET PBCTL SIGNAL MISSING FLAG  
;%CTL  
MOV  
RVCEVFG,#00  
; CLEAR PLAY MODE JUDGMENT COUNTER ;@@@  
; CHANGE  
;%ctl v  
;%  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN INC(+5)  
;% AMPLIFY CTL AMP GAIN BY +5 DURING PBCTL SIGNAL MISSING  
MOV  
ADD  
CMP  
BC  
A,CTLM  
A,#05H  
A,#1FH  
$VPT3_150  
;%  
;%  
;%  
;%  
MOV  
VPT3_150:;B  
MOV  
A,#1FH  
CTLM.A  
;%  
;%  
;%  
;%ctl ^  
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------  
Calculate capstan speed error  
;
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
NCF = CPT3n – CPT3n-1  
NCF: Capture value of this time – capture value of last time  
ECV = NCF – NCFL  
ECV  
NCFL  
: Capstan speed error amount  
: Capstan speed target value  
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_200:;B  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOV  
MOV  
MOVG  
AX,CPT3L  
HL,AX  
A,CPT3H  
W,A  
;
;
;
;
;
UUP,WHL  
SUBG  
MOV  
WHL,RVCPT3  
A,W  
; NCF = CPT3n – CPT3n-1  
;
AND  
MOV  
A,#003FH  
W,A  
;
;
MOVG  
SUBG  
BNC  
VVP,WHL  
WHL,#12C0H  
$VPT3_201  
;
; Check capstan abnormal high speed rotating  
; CFG is within 600 µsec?  
174  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
MOVW  
BR  
AX,#1FFFH  
VPT3_820  
; Yes  
; TO AVOID OCCURRING CFG FREQUENT INTERRUPT  
; DUE TO MOTOR RUNAWAY,  
; AND MICRO CONTROLLER’S RUNAWAY  
VPT3_201:;B  
MOVG  
MOVG  
ADDG  
SUBG  
BH  
WHL,VVP  
;
TDE,RVCFRF  
TDE,#7FFFH  
TDE,WHL  
; LIMIT MAXIMUM VALUE  
;
; SET MAXIMUM VALUE TO 7FFFH + TARGET VALUE  
;
$VPT3_202  
ADDG  
WHL,TDE  
;
VPT3_202:  
SUBG  
WHL,RVCFRF  
; ECV = NCF – NCFL  
MOVW  
BF  
AX,HL  
A.7,$VPT3_203  
; CALCULATION OF ABSOLUTE VALUE  
; NEGATIVE VALUE?  
MOVW  
SUBW  
HL,#0  
HL,AX  
;
; HL ABSOLUTE VALUE  
VPT3_203:  
MOVW  
VP,AX  
; VP ERROR AMOUNT  
;--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Error amount calculation special processing  
;
;--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
When set capstan phase error amount to 0  
• When drum speed error amount is more than ± 10%  
Flag more than 10%: FSDP10=1  
• When capstan speed error amount is more than ± 10%  
Error amount is calculated by NTSC/PAL PLAY target value.  
NTSC5% : 56CEH x 0.10 = 0458H  
PAL 5% : 7BC1H x 0.10 = 0C60H  
• When PBCTL signal missing is detected in play  
• At FF/REW mode  
• When capstan phase servo disabled (during loading)  
;--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_300:;B  
MOV  
AND  
A,RVFSRV_2  
A,#00000011b  
; READ RUN MODE  
;
MOV  
B,#MODE NTSC  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVPAL  
$VPT3_321  
; PAL?  
; No  
175  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
MOV  
VPT3_321:  
B,#MODE PAL  
;
;
MOV  
NTSC_PAL,B  
MOVW  
AX,tCF_MAX[B]  
; LESS THAN MAXIMUM VALUE?  
;
;
DW  
DW  
1E79H  
1E79H  
CMPW  
BC  
HL,AX  
; ERROR AMOUNT (ABSOLUTE VALUE):  
; MAXIMUM VALUE  
$VPT3_320  
;
=<  
CMPW  
BC  
VP,#8000H  
$VPT3_311  
; SIGN  
; CY=1 POSITIVE  
; CY=0 NEGATIVE  
;
MOVW  
AX,tCF_MIN[B]  
VP,AX  
VPT3_311:  
MOVW  
; SET MAXIMUM VALUE AS SPEED ERROR AMOUNT  
VPT3_320:;B  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERCF,VP  
AX,tCF_10per[B]  
; CAPSTAN SPEED ERROR  
;
;
;
DW 0458H  
DW 0C60H  
;
;
CLR1  
FVCFE05  
;
CMPW  
BNC  
AX,HL  
$VPT3_330  
;
;
SET1  
BR  
FVCFE05  
;
;
VPT3_340  
VPT3_330:;b  
BT  
FVPHFX,$VPT3_340  
FVDFE10,$VPT3_340  
FVFLCTL,$VPT3_400  
; PH FIX ON? YES(FF/REW)  
BT  
BF  
; IS DRUM SPEED ERROR MORE THAN 10%? YES  
; PBCTL SIGNAL MISSING? NO  
VPT3_340:;B  
;/////Phase error amount to 0 //////  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERCP_Y,#0  
RVERCP,#0  
RVERCP_1,#0  
RVERCP_bY,#0  
RVERCP_bY+2,#0  
; CAPSTAN PHASE ERROR 0000H  
;
;
; CAPSTAN PHASE FILTER  
; CLEAR MEMORY  
176  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
Capstan speed error x Loop gain (Kv/Kp)  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
AX AX + DE  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_400:;B  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,RVERCF  
DE,RVC_Kvp  
; CAPSTAN SPEED ERROR  
; SPEED PHASE ERROR MIX RATE  
MULW  
DE  
; A(XD)E  
MOV  
MOV  
A,X  
X,D  
; 8 BITS SHIFT (SET VALID ONLY 16 BITS)  
;
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
Capstan speed adjustment amount + Capstan phase adjustment amount  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
MOVW  
SHLW  
DE,RVERCP_Y  
DE,2  
; CAPSTAN PHASE ERROR  
; %%% 3  
ADDW  
BNV  
AX,DE  
; CAPSTAN SPEED ERROR AMOUNT + CAPSTAN  
; PHASE ERROR  
;
$VPT3_511  
MOVW  
ADDC  
ADDC  
AX,#7FFFH  
X,#0  
A,#0  
;
; 7FFFH OVERFLOW  
; 8000H UNDERFLOW  
VPT3_511:  
XCHW  
MOVW  
AX,RVERCMX  
RVERCMX_1,AX  
; CAPSTAN SPEED PHASE MIX ERROR  
;
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
Speed/phase MIX error amount digital filter processing  
;
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
0. Set filter coefficient  
NTSC  
SP/EP  
f1 = 0.45 Hz  
f2 = 1.8 Hz  
CFG = 360 Hz  
calculation from  
MAL  
MBL  
MGL  
a = –0.96906992  
b = –0.99217674  
g = 0.25293372  
NTSC  
LP  
f1 = 0.45 Hz  
f2 = 2.5 Hz  
CFG = 270 Hz  
calculation from  
MAL  
MBL  
a = –0.94346684  
b = –0.98958257  
177  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
MGL  
g = 0.18427114  
SP  
PAL  
f1 = 0.42 Hz  
f2 = 2.7 Hz  
CFG = 252.51 Hz  
MAL  
MBL  
MGL  
calculation from  
a = –0.93499961  
b = –0.98960350  
g = 0.15994518  
VPT3_600:;B  
VPT3_610:  
;/////Run mode judgment ////////  
MOV  
B,NTSC_PAL  
;
;
MOV  
AND  
A,RVFSRV_2  
A,#00000011B  
; READ RUN MODE  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVLP  
$CPT3_611  
; LP?  
;
MOV  
B,#MODE LP  
;
; B NTSC(0)/PAL(2)/LP(4)  
CPT3_611:  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,tCMX_fG[B]  
B_buf,AX  
AX,tCMX_fAG[B]  
B_buf+2,AX  
AX,tCMX_fB[B]  
B_buf+4,AX  
;
;
;
;
;
;
MOV  
MOV  
MOVW  
MOVW  
B,#LOW(B_buf)  
C,#LOW(RVERCMX)  
DE,RVERCMX_bY  
AX,RVERCMX_bY+2  
;
;
;
;
MACSW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
2
;
RVERCMX_Y,AX  
DE,B_buf+4  
; Y  
;
MULW  
SHLW  
ROLC  
ROLC  
DE  
;
;
;
;
DE,1  
X,1  
A,1  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERCMX_bY,DE  
RVERCMX_bY+2,AX  
; (–b)•Y  
;
178  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
Capstan speed/phase mix (Yn) x gain adjustment  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
AX AX + DE  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_700:  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,RVC_Kmp  
DE,RVERCMX_Y  
;
;
MULW  
DE  
; A(XD)E  
CMPW  
BNC  
AX,#0FF80H  
$VPT3_730  
; ZERO CHECK  
;
CMP  
BNC  
A,#80H  
$VPT3_729  
;
; UNDERFLOW  
CMPW  
BC  
AX,#0080H  
$VPT3_730  
;
MOVW  
BR  
AX,#7FFFH  
VPT3_731  
; 7FFFH OVERFLOW  
;
VPT3_729:  
MOVW  
BR  
AX,#8000H  
VPT3_731  
; 8000H UNDERFLOW  
;
VPT3_730:  
MOV  
MOV  
A,X  
X,D  
; 8-BIT SHIFT (ONLY FOR 16-BIT)  
;
VPT3_731:  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
Capstan speed/phase MIX adjustment value + bias value  
;
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_800:;B  
; swBIAS8  
swBIAS8  
EQU 0  
EQU 1  
; BIAS IS LESS THAN 8000H  
; BIAS IS 8000H OR MORE  
$_IF(swBIAS8)  
;
Add processing at bias (=> 8000H)  
BF  
A.7,$VPT3_812  
;
ADDW  
BR  
AX,RVCBAS  
VPT3_820  
; NEGATIVE NUMBER BEFORE ADDING  
;
VPT3_812:  
ADDW  
AX,RVCBAS  
$VPT3_820  
AX,#0FFFFH  
; WHEN POSITIVE NUMBER BEFORE ADDING  
; OVERFLOW MAY OCCUR  
;
BNC  
MOVW  
; 0FFFFH OVERFLOW  
179  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
$ELSE  
;
Add processing at bias (=< 7FFFH)  
BF  
A.7,$VPT3_812  
AX,RVCBAS  
;
ADDW  
BC  
; WHEN NEGATIVE NUMBER BEFORE ADDING  
; UNDERFLOW MAY OCCUR  
;
$VPT3_820  
MOVW  
BR  
AX,#0000H  
VPT3_820  
; 0000H UNDERFLOW  
;
VPT3_812:  
ADDW  
AX,RVCBAS  
; POSITIVE NUMBER BEFORE ADDING  
$ENDIF  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Capstan speed level judgment at FF/REW  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_820:;B  
MOVW  
MOV  
AND  
CMP  
BNE  
BC,AX  
; SAVE PWM OUTPUT DATA  
A,RVSRVCD  
A,#11110000B  
A,#CVFFREW  
$VPT3_830  
; CLEAR LOW-ORDER 4 BITS  
; FF/REW?  
; No  
MOV  
BT  
A,RVERCF  
; CAPTURE HIGH-ORDER BYTE OF CAPSTAN  
; SPEED ADJUSTMENT  
; IS CAPSTAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT (–)?  
; No  
A.7,$VPT3_823  
; %%% MODIFICATION IS REQUIRED  
VPT3_821:  
CMP  
BC  
CMP  
BC  
A,#2  
$VPT3_823  
A,#6  
; C-ERR  
0H - 1FFH  
$VPT3_822  
; C-ERR 200H - 5FFH  
; C-ERR 600H - MAX  
; LEVEL 0  
MOV  
BR  
A,#0  
$VPT3_824  
VPT3_822:  
MOV  
BR  
VPT3_823:  
MOV  
VPT3_824:  
A,#1  
$VPT3_824  
; LEVEL 1  
; LEVEL 2  
A,#2  
MOV  
MOVW  
RSFRSPED,A  
BC,#0FFFFH  
; CAPSTAN FF/REW SPEED LEVEL SET  
; PWM OUTPUT FULL  
VPT3_830:;B  
MOVW  
AX,BC  
; PWM OUTPUT DATA RETURN  
180  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
Capstan PWM suppression control at PLAY REVIEW  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_840:  
MOVW  
MOV  
AND  
BC,AX  
A,RVSRVCD  
A,#11110000B  
; SAVE PWM OUTPUT DATA  
; CLEAR LOW-ORDER 4 BITS  
CMP  
BE  
A,#CVFR6HVD  
$VPT3_841  
; 6Hrs PLAY? (AT SPIN OFF RF GEAR)  
; Yes  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVRVS  
$VPT3_842  
; RVS PLAY? (AT REVERSE PLAY)  
; No  
VPT3_841:  
MOVW  
CMPW  
BC  
AX,BC  
;
AX,#0B333H  
$VPT3_842  
BC,#0B333H  
; CAPSTAN PWM 0B333H (3.5 V) OR HIGHER?  
;
; PWM OUTPUT 3.5 V  
MOVW  
VPT3_842:  
MOVW  
AX,BC  
; PWM OUTPUT DATA RETURN  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Output capstan PWM  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_900:;B  
;v%PWM limitations  
CMPW  
BC  
AX,#0100H  
$VPT3_901  
CMPW  
BNH  
AX,#0FF00H  
$VPT3_902  
MOVW  
BR  
AX,#0FF00H  
VPT3_902  
VPT3_901:  
MOVW  
VPT3_902:  
;^%PWM limitations  
AX,#0100H  
MOVW  
PWM1,AX  
; SET CAPSTAN PWM DATA  
;///// SAVE CPT3 ///////  
MOVG  
RVCPT3,UUP  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Multiple interruption prohibited  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VPT3_A00:  
DI  
POP  
MOVW  
AX  
MK1,AX  
; %RETURN MASK REGISTER  
; %SET MASK REGISTER  
181  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
POP  
AX  
; RETURN MASK REGISTER  
MOV1  
MOV1  
CY,CRMK02  
A.0,CY  
; LOAD INTCR02 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
; SAVE INTCR02 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
MOV1  
MOV1  
CY,PMK2  
A.7,CY  
; %LOAD INTP2 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
; %SAVE INTP2 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
MOVW  
RETI  
MK0,AX  
; SET MASK REGISTER  
; CAPSTAN FG INTERRUPT PROCESSING END  
;%%%ctl  
v
$
$
NOLIST  
SUBTITLE(’SRV0.ASM : INTCR13 ROUTINE CTL detection & output interruption’)  
$
$
LIST  
EJECT  
VCTL  
CSEG  
UNIT  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
INTCR13 CTL detection & output interrupt  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
VR13_000 : Interrupt initial processing  
VR13_100 : CTL detection & output interrupt processing  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Interrupt initial processing  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR13_000:;V  
;/////Register setting /////////  
SEL  
RB3  
; HIGHEST-ORDER INTERRUPT!!  
VR13_100:  
;*********************************************************************************  
; GAIN CONTROL  
;*********************************************************************************  
; REWRITE GAIN AT PLAY and CUE/REV  
CALL  
!GAINADJ  
; CTL AMP GAIN ADJUST  
SET1  
CRMK13  
; INTCR13 INTERRUPT DISABLE  
RETI  
;
;***************************  
; GAIN ADJUST SUBROUTINE  
;***************************  
GAINADJ  
:
MOV  
A,AMPMO  
;
SET1  
MOV1  
FLGCLR  
CY,A.3  
; CTL FLAG CLEAR  
182  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
XOR1  
BC  
CY,A.1  
$GAIN_E  
;
;
MOV  
AND  
X,CTLM  
X,#00011111B  
BF  
CMP  
BZ  
DEC  
BR  
A.3,$GAIN_UP  
X,#0  
$GAIN_E  
X
;DOWN  
;UP  
GAINSET  
GAIN_UP  
:
CMP  
BZ  
INC  
:
X,#1FH  
$GAIN_E  
X
GAINSET  
MOV  
CTLM,X  
GAIN_E :  
RET  
;
;%%%CTL ^  
$EJECT  
VCPG  
CSEG  
UNIT  
;------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
INTCR12 Capstan phase error detection interrupt  
At Play: Interrupt by PBCTL signal  
;------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
VR12_000 : Interrupt initial processing  
VR12_020 : VISS signal detection processing  
VR12_200 : Play run mode automatic judgment processing  
VR12_300 : Capstan phase error calculation  
VR12_400 : Lag read filter processing  
VR12_500 : PBCTL signal missing check  
VR12_600 : Processing after interrupt  
VR12_T00 : Run mode judgment table  
;------------------------------------------------------  
; Interruption initial processing  
;------------------------------------------------------  
VR12_000:;V  
;///// Register setting /////////  
SEL  
RB2  
; High-order interrupt  
VR12_010:  
;///// Highest-order interrupt enable ///  
MOVW  
PUSH  
MOVW  
NOP  
AX,MK0  
AX  
AX,MK1  
; Save mask register  
;%Save mask register  
; %%%  
;%  
PUSH  
AX  
OR MK0L,#11101111B  
OR MK0H,#01111100B  
;%INTCR00 ENABLE  
;%INTP2, INTCR02,  
183  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
; INTCR11 ENABLE  
OR  
OR  
MK1L,#11110111B  
MK1H,#11111110B  
;%INTCR13 ENABLE ;%CTL  
;%INTP3 ENABLE  
EI  
;
VR12_020:  
;/////Macro service ////////  
CMP  
BNE  
RVMCCR12,#00H  
$VR12_032  
; IS MSC INTERRUPTING WITH “0”?  
; No  
CMPW  
BE  
RVB2CR12,#DT_CMP  
$VR12_032  
; ARE BUFFER 1 AND 2 COMPARISON AREA  
; INFORMATION?  
; Yes  
MOV  
SET1  
BR  
RVMCCR12,RVCRAM  
CRISM12  
VR12_120  
; SET MACRO SERVICE COUNTER VALUE  
; SET INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE INTERRUPT  
;%  
;
VR12_032:;B  
MOV  
SET1  
RVMCCR12,RVCRAM  
CRISM12  
; SET MACRO SERVICE COUNTER VALUE  
; SET INTCR12 MACRO SERVICE INTERRUPT  
VR12_040:  
;
/// SEARCH MODE CHECK ///  
;%  
BF  
BF  
FSCAPON,$VR12_111  
FNSTENA,$VR12_111  
; CAPSTAN ON?  
; SEARCH DETECT DI? (150 msec)  
;
MOV  
AND  
CMP  
BNE  
BR  
A,RVSRVCD  
A,#11110000B  
A,#CVFFRW6H  
$VR12_045  
; CLEAR LOW-ORDER 4 BITS  
; AT FF/REW START?  
; No  
!VR12_111  
; DISABLE VISS!  
;
VR12_045:;B  
CMP  
BE  
RSNOW,#CSMPLAY  
$VR12_050  
; DURING PLAY?  
; Yes  
; No  
CMP  
BNE  
BR  
RSNEXT,#CSMPLAY  
$VR12_060  
VR12_111  
;
;%a No  
;%a Yes  
;
VR12_050:;B  
BT  
BF  
FSVM0FRQ,$VR12_111  
PQVD,$VR12_111  
; V_MUTE OFF?(”1” PULSE DETECTION?)  
;
;
; No  
VR12_060:;B  
BT  
BT  
BF  
FSVISSI,$VR12_100  
FSVISSO,$VR12_100  
FSVISSME,$VR12_111  
; INDEX SEARCH MODE?  
; ONCE MORE SEARCH MODE?  
; MARK/ERASE MODE?  
; Yes  
VR12_100:;B  
;
/// VISS OK ///  
;%  
SET1  
FSVISSOK  
; SET VISS SIGNAL DETECTION FLAG!!  
VR12_111:;B  
;%  
/// BUFFER AREA CLEAR ///  
;%  
184  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
MOVW  
RVB2CR12,#0FFFFH  
;%BUFFER AREA 1,2 CLEAR  
; (REVERSE/FORWARD ALL 1 CLEAR)  
VR12_120:;B  
;
/// COUNTER FLAG CLEAR ///  
;%  
BF  
FSVISTR,$VR12_121  
FSVISTR  
FSVISSOK  
CLR1  
CLR1  
MOVW  
; CLEAR VISS SIGNAL DETECTION START FLAG!!  
; CLEAR VISS SIGNAL DETECTION FLAG!!  
;%BUFFER AREA 1,2 CLEAR  
RVB2CR12,#0FFFFH  
; (REVERSE/FORWARD ALL 1 CLEAR)  
;
/// Set coefficient multiplied by CR30 at Macro Service ///  
;%  
VR12_121:;B  
MOV  
A,#PTN_REW  
;% (REVERSE)  
BT  
MOV  
PCAPFWD,$VR12_122  
A,#PTN_FF  
;% CAPSTAN FORWARD OR REVERSE ?  
;% (FORWARD)  
VR12_122:;B  
MOV  
;%  
;%  
RVMKEISU,A  
;%VISS ^  
$
EJECT  
;%%%CTL v  
;--------------------------------------------------  
;-- DETERMINE CTL AMP GAIN SETTING POSITION  
;--------------------------------------------------  
VR12_A000:  
CLR1  
INTM1.4  
;%a (REVERSE) PBCTL:EDGE  
BT  
SET1  
PCAPFWD,$VR12_A00  
INTM1.4  
;%a CAPSTAN FORWARD OR REVERSE ?  
;%a (FORWARD) PBCTL: EDGE  
VR12_A00:;B  
;
BT  
FSMDCHG,$VR12_A10  
; AT TRANSITION? Yes  
MOV  
AND  
CMP  
BNE  
A,RVSRVCD  
A,#11110000B  
A,#CVFFREW  
$VR12_A01  
; CLEAR LOW-ORDER 4 BITS  
; FF/REW ?  
; No  
;
/// CR13 COMPARATOR UPDATE (FF/REW) /// ;%  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,CPT30  
BC,#0133H  
; LOAD PBCTL CAPTURE DATA  
;%(REVERSE) CPT30 x 1.2  
; ...(256 x 1.2)  
BT  
MOVW  
PCAPFWD,$VR12_A05  
BC,#01CDH  
; CAPSTAN FORWARD OR REVERSE ?  
;%(FORWARD) CPT30 x 1.8  
; ...(256 x 1.8)  
VP12_A05:;B  
;
MULUW BC  
; CPT30 x ***  
MOV  
A,X  
; AX XB  
MOV  
BR  
X,B  
VR12_A04  
;
;
;
;
;
185  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;
/// CR13 COMPARATOR UPDATE (PLAY, CUE/REV) ///  
VR12_A01:;B  
MOVW  
AX,CPT30  
BC,#4CCDH  
; LOAD PBCTL CAPTURE DATA  
;%(REVERSE) CPT30 x 0.3  
; ...(65536 x 0.3)  
MOVW  
BT  
MOVW  
PCAPFWD,$VR12_A02  
BC,#0B333H  
; CAPSTAN FORWARD OR REVERSE ?  
;%(FORWARD) CPT30 x 0.7  
; ...(65536 x 0.7)  
VR12_A02:;B  
MULUW BC  
VR12_A04:;B  
; CPT30 x ***  
ADDW  
AX,CR12  
; (CPT30 x ***) + CR12  
CMPW  
BC  
SUBW  
AX,CR10  
$VR12_A03  
AX,CR10  
;
;
;
VR12_A03:  
MOVW  
CR13,AX  
; CR13 UPDATE  
CLR1  
CLR1  
CRIF13  
CRMK13  
; CLEAR INTCR13 INTERRUPT REQUEST  
; ENABLE INTCR13 INTERRUPT  
VR12_A10:;B  
;%%%CTL  
;--------------------------------------------------  
;-- VISS MARK/ERASE  
;--------------------------------------------------  
CALL  
!SR12_000  
; VISS MARK/ERASE  
;/////Servo mode judgment ///////  
MOV  
AND  
A,RVSRVCD  
A,#11110000b  
; CLEAR LOW-ORDER 4 BITS  
BF  
BR  
FVPHFX,$VR12_200  
VR12_500  
; PH FIX ON? No  
; Yes (FF/REW)  
$
EJECT  
;--------------------------------------------------  
; PLAY RUN MODE AUTOMATIC JUDGMENT PROCESSING  
;--------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
Run mode is judged by the count number  
of capstan FG signals after the event divider division  
that is input into one cycle of PBCTL.  
VR12_200:;B  
BF  
BR  
FVCFE05,$VR12_210  
VR12_2B0  
; CAPSTAN SPEED ERROR IS MORE THAN 5%?  
; Yes  
VR12_210:;B  
MOVG  
WHL,#VR12_T00  
; %REFER TO TABLE  
186  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
MOV  
MOVW  
A,RVCEVFG  
BC,#0900H  
; RUN MODE JUDGEMENT CFG COUNTER  
; COUNTER INITIALIZATION  
VR12_220:;B  
CMP  
BNL  
A,[HL]  
$VR12_230  
; >=  
INC  
CMP  
BNE  
A
; +1 CHECK  
; NOT MATCH  
A,[HL]  
$VR12_2B0  
VR12_230:;B  
BE  
$VR12_240  
; =  
INCW  
INC  
HL  
C
; SET NEXT DATA  
; SET PULSE TYPE COUNTER +1  
DBNZ  
BR  
B,$VR12_220  
$VR12_2B0  
; CHECK COMPLETE? No  
; Yes  
VR12_240:;B  
MOV  
AND  
A,RVSLPCH  
A,#0FH  
; JUDGMENT CHATTERING COUNTER  
; READ BACK UP DATA  
XCH  
CMP  
BE  
A,C  
A,C  
$VR12_250  
; MATCH?  
; Yes  
MOV  
BR  
RVSLPCH,A  
VR12_2C0  
; INITIALIZE  
VR12_250:;B  
ADD  
RVSLPCH,#10H  
; JUDGMENT CHATTERING COUNTER  
; H INCREMENT  
CMP  
BC  
RVSLPCH,#30H  
$VR12_2C0  
; CHATTERING ABSORPTION COMPLETE?  
; No  
; Yes  
VR12_260:  
;//// Run mode set ///////  
XCH  
A,C  
; STORE PULSE TYPE COUNTER  
; GET RUN MODE  
MOV  
AND  
A,RVFSRV_2  
A,#3  
ADD  
A,A  
MOV  
B,A  
MOVW  
MOV  
AX,ttVR12_SPEED[B]  
B,#0  
ADDW  
MOVW  
AX,BC  
HL,AX  
VR12_262:  
MOV  
CMP  
A,[HL]  
A,#03  
; CHANGE TO PAL MODE  
187  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
BNE  
$VR12_264  
; No  
BF  
BR  
FHIFIM,$VR12_264  
VR12_2B0  
; PAL MODE ? Yes  
; NO MODE CHANGE  
VR12_264:;J  
MOV  
AND  
OR  
A,RVFSRV_2  
A,#0FCH  
A,[HL]  
XCH  
A,RVFSRV_2  
; SET MODE  
XOR  
AND  
BE  
A,RVFSRV_2  
A,#03  
$VR12_2B0  
; NO MODE CHANGE  
VR12_270:  
CALL  
VR12_280:  
CALLF !YSA01_R1  
!YVTBL_00  
; REFER TO SET SERVO CODE & REFER TO TABLE  
; 1SEC TIMER START FOR AUTO-TRACKING  
CLR1  
FSAEND  
; ONE AUTO-TRACKING END  
; CLEAR FLAG  
SET1  
VR12_2B0:;B  
MOV  
VR12_2C0:  
FSSPDCHG  
; SET MARK/ERASE RELEASE REQUEST FLAG  
RVSLPCH,#00H  
; RUN MODE JUDGMENT CHATTERING COUNTER  
MOV  
RVCEVFG,#00H  
$VR12_300  
; RUN MODE JUDGMENT CFG COUNTER  
; INITIALIZE  
BR  
$
EJECT  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
; Capstan phase error calculation  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Value of CR12  
at PLAY  
: Capture value of TM1 by PBCTL  
at RECORD : Capture value of TM1 by CFG division signal  
E CP = (CR12 value) – N CPL  
N CPL : Capstan phase target value  
NF  
: Internal reference timer value (CR10)  
;----------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR12_300:;B  
;/////Internal reference timer value ///////  
MOVW  
SHRW  
DE,CR10  
DE,1  
; INTERNAL REFERENCE TIMER VALUE  
; SET HALF CYCLE  
188  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
VR12_310:  
;/////Phase error calculation ////////  
MOVW  
SUBW  
MOVW  
AX,CR12  
AX,RVCPRF  
HL,AX  
; LOAD PHASE CAPTURE DATA  
; E CP = NP – N CPL  
; HL  
BC  
$VR12_321  
; IS PHASE ERROR (-)?  
; WHEN (+),  
SUBW  
BC  
AX,DE  
$VR12_322  
; SUBTRACT HALF CYCLE  
; WHEN WITHOUT CARRY,  
; SUBTRACT HALF CYCLE AGAIN  
SUBW  
MOVW  
AX,DE  
HL,AX  
;
;
BR  
VR12_323  
; BECAUSE SIGN IS OPPOSITE,  
; COMPARE WITH MINIMUM VALUE  
VR12_321:  
; WHEN (–),  
ADDW  
BC  
AX,DE  
$VR12_323  
; ADD HALF CYCLE  
; WHEN WITHOUT CARRY,  
; ADD HALF CYCLE AGAIN  
ADDW  
MOVW  
AX,DE  
HL,AX  
;
;
VR12_322:  
MOV  
B,NTSC_PAL  
AX,tCP_MAX[B]  
AX,HL  
; (+) COMPARE WITH MAXIMUM VALUE  
MOVW  
CMPW  
BNC  
;
;
;
$VR12_325  
MOVW  
BR  
HL,AX  
;
;
$VR12_325  
VR12_323:  
MOV  
B,NTSC_PAL  
AX,tCP_MIN[B]  
AX,HL  
; (–) COMPARE WITH MINIMUM VALUE  
MOVW  
CMPW  
BNH  
;
;
;
$VR12_325  
MOVW  
BR  
HL,AX  
;
;
;;  
$VR12_325  
VR12_325:  
XCHW  
MOVW  
HL,RVERCP  
RVERCP_1,HL  
; RVERDP PHASE ERROR AMOUNT OF THIS TIME  
; RVERDP_1 PHASE ERROR AMOUNT OF LAST TIME  
189  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
Lag read filter processing  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
0. Set filer coefficient  
NTSC  
f1 = 0.0245 Hz  
f2 = 0.180 Hz  
DPG = 30 Hz  
MAL a = –0.96299834  
MBL b = –0.99488186  
MGL g = 0.13832185  
PAL  
f1 = 0.0245 Hz  
f2 = 0.190 Hz  
DPG = 25 Hz  
MAL a = –0.95336134  
MBL b = –0.99386137  
MGL g = 0.13162089  
VR12_400:;B  
VR12_410:  
; *** Clear filter memory when loading ***  
;
* Because of inputting error information at loading  
CMP  
BNE  
RSNEXT,#CSMLOAD  
$VR12_420  
; LOADING?  
; No  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERCP_Y,#0  
RVERCP,#0  
RVERCP_1,#0  
RVERCP_bY,#0  
RVERCP_bY+2,#0  
;
;
;
;
;
VR12_420:;B  
;/////Run mode judgment ////////  
MOV  
B,NTSC_PAL  
;
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,tCP_fG[B]  
B_buf,AX  
AX,tCP_fAG[B]  
B_buf+2,AX  
AX,tCP_fB[B]  
B_buf+4,AX  
;
;
;
;
;
;
VR12_426:;B  
MOV  
MOV  
MOVW  
MOVW  
B,#LOW(B_buf)  
C,#LOW(RVERCP)  
DE,RVERCP_bY  
;
;
;
;
AX,RVERCP_bY+2  
190  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
MACSW  
MOVW  
2
;
RVERCP_Y,AX  
; CAPSTAN PHASE ERROR AMOUNT  
; (AFTER FILTER OPERATION)  
MOVW  
DE,B_buf+4  
;
MULW  
SHLW  
ROLC  
ROLC  
DE  
;
;
;
;
DE,1  
X,1  
A,1  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERCP_bY,DE  
RVERCP_bY+2,AX  
;
; (–b)•Y  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
; PBCTL signal missing check counter initialize  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR12_500:;B  
MOV  
CLR1  
RVCEVFG,#00H  
FVFLCTL  
; Clear CFG counter  
; Reset PBCTL missing flag  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Multiple interruption disable  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR12_600:  
DI  
POP  
AX  
; %RETURN MASK REGISTER  
MOV1  
MOV1  
CY,CRMK13  
X.3,CY  
;% LOAD INTCR13 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
;%CTL  
;% SAVE INTCR13 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
;%CTL  
MOVW  
POP  
MK1,AX  
AX  
;%SET MASK REGISTER  
; RETURN MASK REGISTER  
MOV1  
MOV1  
CY,CRMK02  
A.0,CY  
; LOAD INTCR02 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
; SAVE INTCR02 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
MOV1  
MOV1  
CY,PMK2  
A.7,CY  
;%LOAD INTP2 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
;%SAVE INTP2 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
MOV1  
MOV1  
CY,CRMK11  
A.1,CY  
; LOAD INTCR11 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
; SAVE INTCR11 INTERRUPT MASK FLAG  
MOVW  
RETI  
MK0,AX  
;
; Vsync OR CR10 match  
; INTERRUPT PROCESSING END  
191  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
Run mode judgment table  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;//// Number of CFG division ////////  
VR12_T00:  
DB  
5,7,9,11,13,16,19,31,37  
; PULSE DATA  
;//// Run mode conversion table ///  
ttVR12_SPEED:  
DW  
tVR12_T10_SP  
tVR12_T10_SLP  
tVR12_T10_LP  
tVP12_T10_PAL  
DW  
DW  
DW  
VR12_T10:  
tVR12_T10_SP:  
DB  
1,2,0,3,0,0,0,0,0  
1,1,1,1,1,1,2,3,0  
2,1,2,2,2,3,0,2,2  
1,2,3,3,0,3,3,3,3  
; SP mode  
tVR12_T10_SLP:  
DB  
tVR12_T10_LP:  
DB  
tVR12_T10_PAL:  
DB  
; SLP mode  
; LP mode  
; SP (PAL) mode  
$
EJECT  
CSEG  
VCR00  
UNIT  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
INTCR00 QUASI Vsync timing setting  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
VR00_000 : Register setting processing  
VR00_100 : RFS level check  
VR00_200 : Quasi Vsync rising edge timing setting  
VR00_300 : Drum start processing (interrupt enable condition judgment)  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Register setting processing  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR00_000:;V  
;/////Register setting /////////  
SEL  
RB3  
; HIGHEST-ORDER INTERRUPT!!  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
RFS level check  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR00_100:  
BF  
ICR.6,$VR00_200  
; CAPTURE BY RFS RISING EDGE? No  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,CPT1L  
HL,AX  
;
;
192  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
MOV  
MOV  
MOVG  
A,CPT1H  
W,A  
RVCPT1,WHL  
;
;
;
SET1  
FSAFRQ  
; DOWN EDGE SET FOR AUTO-TRACKING  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Set QUASI Vsync rising timing  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
; QUASI Vsync outputs during search mode  
; (CUE/REV), halt, and V.C mode.  
;
;
Rising timing  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Fixed value  
τd = HSW delay amount + 3  
= (CR00 setting value) + 191 µsec  
= (CR00 setting value) + 191d  
;%  
Variable value: CH2 at STILL/FRAME  
τd = HSW delay amount + 2H to 4H (initial value) to 6H  
= (CR00 setting value) + 128 to 255 to 382 µsec  
= (CR00 setting value) + 128d to 255d to 382d  
;%  
;%  
Falling edge timing  
4H = 63.55 x 4 = 254.2 µsec  
= 254D  
;%  
1H = 63.55 µsec  
* Timing match interrupt INTCR02  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR00_200:;B  
BF  
BT  
FVDOUT,$VR00_300  
ICR.6,$VR00_230  
; QUASI Vsync OUTPUT MODE? No  
; RFS RISING EDGE? No  
VR00_210:  
MOV  
AND  
CMP  
A,RVSRVCD  
A,#11110000B  
A,#CVSTILL  
; CLEAR LOW-ORDER 4 BIT  
; SERVO CODE STILL?  
BNE  
$VR00_230  
; No  
VR00_220:  
;/////Variable value ////////  
MOVW  
AX,#00  
; CLEAR BUFFER  
MOV  
XCH  
A,RVPSVCNT  
A,X  
; VARIABLE VALUE (00-FEH)  
ADDW  
ADDW  
MOVW  
AX,#128D  
AX,CR00  
CR02,AX  
; %BASIC VALUE  
; RISING TIMING  
; SET FALLING TIMING  
BR  
VR00_240  
193  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
VR00_230:;B  
;/////Fixed value ////////  
MOVW  
ADDW  
MOVW  
AX,CR00  
AX,#191D  
CR02,AX  
; RISING TIMING  
;%SET DATA  
;
VR00_240:;B  
SET1  
P8L.0  
;%<DATA OUTPUT TO P80 WITH TRIGGER: “1”>  
CLR1  
SET1  
CRMK02  
FVHQVDT  
; INTCR02 ENABLE  
; SET RISING TIMING FLAG  
;------------------------------------------------------------------  
Drum rising processing (Interrupt enable conditions judgment)  
;
;------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR00_300:;B  
BF  
FSDRMON,$VR00_400  
ICR.6,$VR00_400  
FSEICPT2  
; DRUM ON? No  
BF  
; RFS FALLING EDGE INPUT? No  
CLR1  
; CLEAR INTCPT2 INTERRUPT ENABLE  
; REQUEST FLAG  
;------------------------------------------------------------------  
V-MUTE release RFS synchronization processing  
;
;------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR00_400:;B  
BF  
FSVM0FRQ,$VR00_500  
; V-MUTE RELEASE REQUEST? No  
CLR1  
CLR1  
CLR1  
SET1  
FSVM0FRQ  
PQVD  
FPQVD  
; CLEAR REQUEST  
; V-MUTE OFF  
; SET PORT REFRESH FLAG  
;%P80 PT0 OUTPUT MODE  
PMC8.0  
;------------------------------------------------------------------  
Reverse brake at CUE PLAY RFS synchronization processing  
;
;------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR00_500:;B  
BF  
FSCRRFRQ,$VR00_600  
FSCRRFRQ  
; REQUEST CAPSTAN REVERSE RFS  
; SYNCHRONIZATION?  
CLR1  
SET1  
SET1  
SET1  
PCAPFWD  
PCAPF_R  
FPCAPF_R  
; CAPSTAN MOTOR REVERSE START  
; SET PORT REFRESH FLAG  
MOVG  
MOV  
WHL,#RNSTIM0  
A,RVFSRV_2  
;%  
AND  
A,#00000011B  
; READ RUN MODE  
; PAL?  
CMP  
A,#CVPAL  
194  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
BE  
$VR00_510  
A,#CVSP  
; Yes  
CMP  
BE  
; NTSC SP?  
$VR00_510  
CMP  
BE  
A,#CVSLP  
$VR00_520  
; NTSC SLP?  
; NTSC LP  
MOV  
BR  
A,#33H  
$VR00_530  
; 70 msec TIMER SET  
VR00_510:;B  
; PAL SP, NTSC SP  
MOV  
BR  
A,#50H  
$VR00_530  
; 110 msec TIMER SET  
VR00_520:;B  
MOV  
; NTSC SLP  
; 60 msec TIMER SET  
A,#2CH  
VR00_530:;B  
MOV  
[HL],A  
FNSTENO  
; TIMER START  
;
CLR1  
VR00_600:;B  
RETI  
; INTCR00 INTERRUPT PROCESSING END  
$
EJECT  
CSEG  
VCR02  
UNIT  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Set INTCR02 QUASI Vsync timing  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
VR02_000 : Register set processing  
VR02_100 : Set quasi Vsync falling timing  
VR02_200 : INTCR02 interrupt disable processing  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Register setting processing  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR02_000:;V  
;/////Register setting /////////  
SEL  
RB3  
; Highest-order interrupt!!  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
; Set QUASI Vsync falling edge timing  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR02_100:  
BTCLR FVHQVDT,$VR02_110  
BR $VR02_200  
; Rising timing interrupt?  
; No  
195  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
VR02_110:;B  
MOVW  
AX,CR02  
AX,#254D  
CR02,AX  
; FALLING EDGE TIMING  
;%SET DATA  
ADDW  
MOVW  
CLR1  
BR  
P8L.0  
;%<DATA OUTPUT TO P80 WITH TRIGGER:  
; “0” > (Addition)  
$VR02_300  
;--------------------------------------------------------------------  
INTCR02 interrupt disable processing  
;
;--------------------------------------------------------------------  
VR02_200:  
SET1  
CRMK02  
; INTCR02 disable  
VR02_300:  
RETI  
; INTCR02 interrupt end  
$
EJECT  
;--------------------------------------------------------------------  
SERVO DATA TABLE  
;
;--------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
; • Table description  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
DB TMC0 (Timer 0 control register setting value)  
DB CPTM (Capture mode register setting value)  
DB INTM1 (External capture input mode register setting value)  
[SP/LP/SLP/PAL]  
DB Value of EDVC  
DB CR12 Macro service counter  
DW REF30Hz  
(CR10)  
DW Drum speed target value  
DB Drum speed target value  
DW Drum bias adding value  
(CPT2H)  
(CPT2L)  
DW Capstan speed target value (CPT3)  
DW Capstan bias adding value  
DW Capstan gain adjustment value  
;--------------------------------------------------------------------  
;------------------------------  
;
PLAY  
;------------------------------  
SDT_PLAY:  
DB  
10001001B  
00110000B  
00010001B  
; TMC0  
; TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM  
; CR12-TRG:CTI11,CPT1:↑ ↓ EDGE  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP,  
COUNT:EN  
TM1:CLR  
DB  
DB  
CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10  
; PBCTL:EDGE CFG:EDGE  
;
<-(01010001B)  
196  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;/////SP /////////////////  
SDT_PLS0:  
DB  
SDT_PLS1:  
DB  
SDT_PLS2:  
DW  
SDT_PLS3:  
DG  
SDT_PLS5:  
DW  
SDT_PLS6:  
DG  
SDT_PLS7:  
DW  
SDT_PLS8:  
DW  
SDT_PLS9:  
DW  
SDT_PLSA:  
DB  
03D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8256H  
2B72H  
66F0H  
56CEH  
85E0H  
600H  
433H  
17H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
; CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////LP /////////////////  
SDT_PLL0:  
DB  
SDT_PLL1:  
DB  
SDT_PLL2:  
DW  
SDT_PLL3:  
DG  
SDT_PLL5:  
DW  
SDT_PLL6:  
DG  
SDT_PLL7:  
DW  
SDT_PLL8:  
DW  
SDT_PLL9:  
DW  
SDT_PLLA:  
DB  
02D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
73BDH  
8595H  
0540H  
0159H  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP /////////////////  
SDT_PLE0:  
DB  
SDT_PLE1:  
DB  
SDT_PLE2:  
DW  
SDT_PLE3:  
DG  
SDT_PLE5:  
DW  
SDT_PLE6:  
DG  
01D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
197  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_PLE7:  
DW  
SDT_PLE8:  
DW  
SDT_PLE9:  
DW  
SDT_PLEA:  
DB  
86DFH  
0420H  
0119H  
1DH  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////PAL ///////////////  
SDT_PLP0:  
DB  
SDT_PLP1:  
DB  
SDT_PLP2:  
DW  
SDT_PLP3:  
DG  
SDT_PLP5:  
DW  
SDT_PLP6:  
DG  
SDT_PLP7:  
DW  
SDT_PLP8:  
DW  
SDT_PLP9:  
DW  
SDT_PLPA:  
DB  
03D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
9C40H  
3415H  
66FFH  
7BC1H  
863FH  
0600H  
0166H  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;------------------------------  
RVS PLAY  
;
; SP/LP/SLP/PAL PLAY  
;------------------------------  
:
SDT_RVS  
DB  
DB  
10001001B  
00110000B  
; TMC0 COUNT:EN TM1:CLR TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10  
; CR12-TRG:CTI11,CPT1:↑ ↓ EDGE  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP,PBCTL:EDGE  
; CFG:EDGE <-(01010001B)  
DB  
00010001B  
;/////SP ///////////////  
SDT_RPS0:  
DB  
SDT_RPS1:  
DB  
SDT_RPS2:  
DW  
SDT_RPS3:  
DG  
SDT_RPS5:  
DW  
SDT_RPS6:  
DG  
SDT_RPS7:  
DW  
SDT_RPS8:  
DW  
03D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
83D3H  
2BF1H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
8678H  
0600H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
198  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_RPS9:  
DW  
SDT_RPSA:  
DB  
0233H  
17H  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////LP /////////////////  
SDT_RPL0:  
DB  
SDT_RPL1:  
DB  
SDT_RPL2:  
DW  
SDT_RPL3:  
DG  
SDT_RPL5:  
DW  
SDT_RPL6:  
DG  
SDT_RPL7:  
DW  
SDT_RPL8:  
DW  
SDT_RPL9:  
DW  
SDT_RPLA:  
DB  
02D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8314H  
2BB1H  
66FFH  
73BDH  
8595H  
0540H  
0159H  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP /////////////////  
SDT_RPE0:  
DB  
SDT_RPE1:  
DB  
SDT_RPE2:  
DW  
SDT_RPE3:  
DG  
SDT_RPE5:  
DW  
SDT_RPE6:  
DG  
SDT_RPE7:  
DW  
SDT_RPE8:  
DW  
SDT_RPE9:  
DW  
SDT_RPEA:  
DB  
01D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
82D5H  
2B9CH  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
0420H  
0119H  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////PAL /////////////////  
SDT_RPP0:  
DB  
SDT_RPP1:  
DB  
SDT_RPP2:  
DW  
SDT_RPP3:  
03D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
9DC0H  
199  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
DG  
SDT_RPP5:  
DW  
SDT_RPP6:  
DG  
SDT_RPP7:  
DW  
SDT_RPP8:  
DW  
SDT_RPP9:  
DW  
SDT_RPPA:  
DB  
3495H  
66FFH  
7BC1H  
863FH  
0600H  
0166H  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;------------------------------  
FF/REW (2H)  
;------------------------------  
SDT_FR2H:  
DB  
;
; NTSC PLAY SP  
10001001B  
00110000B  
; TMC0 COUNT:EN TM1:CLR TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10 CR12-TRG:  
;CTI11,CPT1;↑ ↓ EDGE  
DB  
DB  
00010001B  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP,PBCTL:EDGE  
; CFG:EDGE <-(01010001B)  
;/////SP /////////////////  
SDT_2HS0:  
DB  
SDT_2HS1:  
DB  
SDT_2HS2:  
DW  
SDT_2HS3:  
DG  
SDT_2HS5:  
DW  
SDT_2HS6:  
DG  
SDT_2HS7:  
DW  
SDT_2HS8:  
DW  
SDT_2HS9:  
DW  
SDT_2HSA:  
DB  
03D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
8678H  
0600H  
0233H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%%CTL AMP GAIN  
;///// LP /////////////////  
SDT_2HL0:  
DB  
SDT_2HL1:  
DB  
SDT_2HL2:  
DW  
SDT_2HL3:  
DG  
SDT_2HL5:  
DW  
03D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
200  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_2HL6:  
DG  
SDT_2HL7:  
DW  
SDT_2HL8:  
DW  
SDT_2HL9:  
DW  
SDT_2HLA:  
DB  
56CEH  
8678H  
0600H  
0233H  
0EH  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP /////////////////  
SDT_2HE0:  
DB  
SDT_2HE1:  
DB  
SDT_2HE2:  
DW  
SDT_2HE3:  
DG  
SDT_2HE5:  
DW  
SDT_2HE6:  
DG  
03D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
8678H  
0600H  
0233H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
SDT_2H1E7 :  
DW  
SDT_2HE8:  
DW  
SDT_2HE9:  
DW  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
SDT_2HEA:  
DB  
;/////PAL /////////////////  
SDT_2HP0:  
DB  
SDT_2HP1:  
DB  
SDT_2HP2:  
DW  
SDT_2HP3:  
DG  
SDT_2HP5:  
DW  
SDT_2HP6:  
DG  
SDT_2HP7:  
DW  
SDT_2HP8:  
DW  
SDT_2HP9:  
DW  
SDT_2HPA:  
DB  
03D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
9C40H  
3415H  
66FFH  
7BC1H  
8678H  
0600H  
0233H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
201  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;------------------------------  
FF/REW (6H)  
;------------------------------  
SDT_FR6H:  
DB  
;
; CAPSTAN INITIAL SPEED  
10001001B  
00110000B  
; TMC0 COUNT:EN TM1:CLR TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10 CR12-TRG:  
;CTI11,CPT1:↑ ↓ EDGE  
DB  
DB  
00010001B  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP, PBCTL:EDGE  
; CFG:EDGE <-(01010001B)  
;/////SP /////////////////  
SDT_6HS0:  
DB  
SDT_6HS1:  
DB  
SDT_6HS2:  
DW  
SDT_6HS3:  
DG  
SDT_6HS5:  
DW  
SDT_6HS6:  
DG  
SDT_6HS7:  
DW  
SDT_6HS8:  
DW  
SDT_6HS9:  
DW  
SDT_6HSA:  
DB  
01D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
00C0H  
0119H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////LP /////////////////  
SDT_6HL0:  
DB  
SDT_6HL1:  
DB  
SDT_6HL2:  
DW  
SDT_6HL3:  
DG  
SDT_6HL5:  
DW  
SDT_6HL6:  
DG  
SDT_6HL7:  
DW  
SDT_6HL8:  
DW  
SDT_6HL9:  
DW  
SDT_6HLA:  
DB  
01D  
; EDVC count  
; MACRO count  
; CR10  
01H  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
00C0H  
0119H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP /////////////////  
SDT_6HE0:  
DB  
01D  
; EDVC COUNT  
202  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_6HE1:  
DB  
SDT_6HE2:  
DW  
SDT_6HE3:  
DG  
SDT_6HE5:  
DW  
SDT_6HE6:  
DG  
SDT_6HE7:  
DW  
SDT_6HE8:  
DW  
SDT_6HE9:  
DW  
SDT_6HEA:  
DB  
01H  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
00C0H  
0119H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////PAL /////////////////  
SDT_6HP0:  
DB  
SDT_6HP1:  
DB  
SDT_6HP2:  
DW  
SDT_6HP3:  
DG  
SDT_6HP5:  
DW  
SDT_6HP6:  
DG  
SDT_6HP7:  
DW  
SDT_6HP8:  
DW  
SDT_6HP9:  
DW  
SDT_6HPA:  
DB  
01D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
9C40H  
3415H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
00C0H  
0119H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;------------------------------  
FF/REW (6H) VD OUT  
;------------------------------  
SDT_6HVD:  
DB  
;
; CAPSTAN FG 90 PULSES DRIVE  
10001001B  
00110000B  
; TMC0 COUNT:EN TM1:CLR TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10 CR12-TRG:  
; CTI11,CPT1:↑ ↓ EDGE  
DB  
DB  
00010001B  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP,PBCTL:EDGE  
; CFG:EDGE <-(01010001B)  
;/////SP /////////////////  
SDT_6VS0:  
DB  
SDT_6VS1:  
DB  
SDT_6VS2:  
DW  
01D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8315H  
203  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_6VS3:  
DG  
SDT_6VS5:  
DW  
SDT_6VS6:  
DG  
SDT_6VS7:  
DW  
SDT_6VS8:  
DW  
SDT_6VS9:  
DW  
SDT_6VSA:  
DB  
2BB1H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
0420H  
0119H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////LP /////////////////  
SDT_6VL0:  
DB  
SDT_6VL1:  
DB  
SDT_6VL2:  
DW  
SDT_6VL3:  
DG  
SDT_6VL5:  
DW  
SDT_6VL6:  
DG  
SDT_6VL7:  
DW  
SDT_6VL8:  
DW  
SDT_6VL9:  
DW  
SDT_6VLA:  
DB  
01D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
82B5H  
2B91h  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
0420H  
0119H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP /////////////////  
SDT_6VE0:  
DB  
SDT_6VE1:  
DB  
SDT_6VE2:  
DW  
SDT_6VE3:  
DG  
SDT_6VE5:  
DW  
SDT_6VE6:  
DG  
SDT_6VE7:  
DW  
SDT_6VE8:  
DW  
SDT_6VE9:  
DW  
SDT_6VEA:  
DB  
01D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8295H  
2B91H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
0420H  
0119H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
204  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;/////PAL /////////////////  
SDT_6VP0:  
DB  
SDT_6VP1:  
DB  
SDT_6VP2:  
DW  
SDT_6VP3:  
DG  
SDT_6VP5:  
DW  
SDT_6VP6:  
DG  
SDT_6VP7:  
DW  
SDT_6VP8:  
DW  
SDT_6VP9:  
DW  
SDT_6VPA:  
DB  
01D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
9D00H  
3455H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
0420H  
0119H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;------------------------------  
FF/REW (2H*3)  
;------------------------------  
SDT_FRX3:  
DB  
;
; NTSC SLP CUE/REV  
10001001B  
00110000B  
; TMC0 COUNT:EN TM1:CLR TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10 CR12-TRG:  
; CTI11,CPT1:↑ ↓ EDGE  
DB  
DB  
00010001B  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP,PBCTL:EDGE  
; CFG:EDGE <-(01010001B)  
;/////SP /////////////////  
SDT_X3S0:  
DB  
SDT_X3S1:  
DB  
SDT_X3S2:  
DW  
SDT_X3S3:  
DG  
SDT_X3S5:  
DW  
SDT_X3S6:  
DG  
SDT_X3S7:  
DW  
SDT_X3S8:  
DW  
SDT_X3S9:  
DW  
SDT_X3SA:  
DB  
03D*3  
09D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
8315H  
2BB1H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
8678H  
0600H  
034CH  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
205  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;/////LP /////////////////  
SDT_X3L0:  
DB  
SDT_X3L1:  
DB  
SDT_X3L2:  
DW  
SDT_X3L3:  
DG  
SDT_X3L5:  
DW  
SDT_X3L6:  
DG  
SDT_X3L7:  
DW  
SDT_X3L8:  
DW  
SDT_X3L9:  
DW  
SDT_X3LA:  
DB  
03D*3  
09D  
; EDVC count  
; MACRO count  
; CR10  
82B5H  
2B91H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
8595H  
0600H  
034CH  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP /////////////////  
SDT_X3E0:  
DB  
SDT_X3E1:  
DB  
SDT_X3E2:  
DW  
SDT_X3E3:  
DG  
SDT_X3E5:  
DW  
SDT_X3E6:  
DG  
SDT_X3E7:  
DW  
SDT_X3E8:  
DW  
SDT_X3E9:  
DW  
SDT_X3EA:  
DB  
03D*3  
09D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
8295H  
2BB7H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
0600H  
034CH  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%%CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////PAL /////////////////  
SDT_X3P0:  
DB  
SDT_X3P1:  
DB  
SDT_X3P2:  
DW  
SDT_X3P3:  
DG  
SDT_X3P5:  
DW  
SDT_X3P6:  
DG  
SDT_X3P7:  
DW  
03D*3  
09D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
9D00H  
3455H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
863FH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
206  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_X3P8:  
DW  
SDT_X3P9:  
DW  
SDT_X3PA:  
DB  
0600H  
034CH  
0EH  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;------------------------------  
FF/REW  
;------------------------------  
SDT_FFRW:  
DB  
;
; NTSC SP PLAY  
10001001B  
00110000B  
; TMC0 COUNT:EN TM1:CLR TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10 CR12-TRG:  
; CTI11,CPT1:↑ ↓ EDGE  
DB  
DB  
00010001B  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP,PBCTL:EDGE  
; CFG:EDGE <-(01010001B)  
;/////SP /////////////////  
SDT_FRS0:  
DB  
SDT_FRS1:  
DB  
SDT_FRS2:  
DW  
SDT_FRS3:  
DG  
SDT_FRS5:  
DW  
SDT_FRS6:  
DG  
SDT_FRS7:  
DW  
SDT_FRS8:  
DW  
SDT_FRS9:  
DW  
SDT_FRSA:  
DB  
40D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
08D  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
8678H  
0600H  
0233H  
0EhH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////LP /////////////////  
SDT_FRL0:  
DB  
SDT_FRL1:  
DB  
SDT_FRL2:  
DW  
SDT_FRL3:  
DG  
SDT_FRL5:  
DW  
SDT_FRL6:  
DG  
SDT_FRL7:  
DW  
SDT_FRL8:  
DW  
SDT_FRL9:  
DW  
40D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
08D  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
8595H  
0600H  
0233H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
207  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_FRLA:  
DB  
0EH  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP /////////////////  
SDT_FRE0:  
DB  
SDT_FRE1:  
DB  
SDT_FRE2:  
DW  
SDT_FRE3:  
DG  
SDT_FRE5:  
DW  
SDT_FRE6:  
DG  
SDT_FRE7:  
DW  
SDT_FRE8:  
DW  
SDT_FRE9:  
DW  
SDT_FREA:  
DB  
40D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
08D  
8256H  
2B72H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
0600H  
0233H  
0EH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////PAL /////////////////  
SDT_FRP0:  
DB  
SDT_FRP1:  
DB  
SDT_FRP2:  
DW  
SDT_FRP3:  
DG  
SDT_FRP5:  
DW  
SDT_FRP6:  
DG  
SDT_FRP7:  
DW  
SDT_FRP8:  
DW  
SDT_FRP9:  
DW  
SDT_FRPA:  
DB  
40D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
08D  
9C40H  
3415H  
66FFH  
7BC1H  
863H  
0600H  
0233H  
0EH  
; CPT2H  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;------------------------------  
CUE  
;------------------------------  
SDT__CUE:  
DB  
;
10001001B  
00110000B  
; TMC0 COUNT:EN TM1:CLR TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10 CR12-TRG:  
; CTI11,CPT1:↑ ↓ EDGE  
DB  
DB  
00010001B  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP,PBCTL:EDGE  
; CFG:EDGE <-(01010001B)  
208  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;/////SP /////////////////  
SDT_CUS0:  
DB  
SDT_CUS1:  
DB  
SDT_CUS2:  
DW  
SDT_CUS3:  
DG  
SDT_CUS5:  
DW  
SDT_CUS6:  
DG  
SDT_CUS7:  
DW  
SDT_CUS8:  
DW  
SDT_CUS9:  
DW  
SDT_CUSA:  
DB  
15D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
05D  
7F5CH  
2A74H  
66FFH  
54E8H  
8678H  
0600H  
0433H  
11H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////LP /////////////////  
SDT_CUL0:  
DB  
SDT_CUL1:  
DB  
SDT_CUL2:  
DW  
SDT_CUL3:  
DG  
SDT_CUL5:  
DW  
SDT_CUL6:  
DG  
SDT_CUL7:  
DW  
SDT_CUL8:  
DW  
SDT_CUL9:  
DW  
SDT_CULA:  
DB  
09D*2  
09D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
7F5EH  
2A74H  
66FFH  
54E9H  
8595H  
0600H  
034CH  
12H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP /////////////////  
SDT_CUE0:  
DB  
SDT_CUE1:  
DB  
SDT_CUE2:  
DW  
SDT_CUE3:  
DG  
SDT_CUE5:  
DW  
SDT_CUE6:  
DG  
09D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
09D  
805CH  
2AC9H  
66FFH  
5592H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
209  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_CUE7:  
DW  
SDT_CUE8:  
DW  
SDT_CUE9:  
DW  
SDT_CUEA:  
DB  
86DFH  
0600H  
034CH  
12H  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////PAL /////////////////  
SDT_CUP0:  
DB  
SDT_CUP1:  
DB  
SDT_CUP2:  
DW  
SDT_CUP3:  
DG  
SDT_CUP5:  
DW  
SDT_CUP6:  
DG  
SDT_CUP7:  
DW  
SDT_CUP8:  
DW  
SDT_CUP9:  
DW  
SDT_CUPA:  
DB  
21D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
07D  
97C0H  
3295H  
66FFH  
652AH  
863FH  
0600H  
034CH  
12H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;------------------------------  
CUE PLAY  
;------------------------------  
SDT_CUPL:  
DB  
;
10001001B  
00110000B  
; TMC0 COUNT:EN TM1:CLR TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10 CR12-TRG:  
; CTI11,CPT1:↑ ↓ EDGE  
DB  
DB  
00010001B  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP,PBCTL:EDGE  
; CFG:EDGE <-(01010001B)  
;/////SP /////////////////  
SDT_CPS0:  
DB  
SDT_CPS1:  
DB  
SDT_CPS2:  
DW  
SDT_CPS3:  
DG  
SDT_CPS5:  
DW  
SDT_CPS6:  
DG  
SDT_CPS7:  
DW  
SDT_CPS8:  
DW  
15D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
05D  
80D9H  
2AF3H  
66FFH  
54E8H  
8678H  
0600H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
210  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_CPS9:  
DW  
SDT_CPSA:  
DB  
0433H  
17H  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////LP /////////////////  
SDT_CPL0:  
DB  
SDT_CPL1:  
DB  
SDT_CPL2:  
DW  
SDT_CPL3:  
DG  
SDT_CPL5:  
DW  
SDT_CPL6:  
DG  
SDT_CPL7:  
DW  
SDT_CPL8:  
DW  
SDT_CPL9:  
DW  
SDT_CPLA:  
DB  
09D*2  
09D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
80D9H  
2AF3H  
66FFH  
7137H  
8595H  
0600H  
034CH  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP /////////////////  
SDT_CPE0:  
DB  
SDT_CPE1:  
DB  
SDT_CPE2:  
DW  
SDT_CPE3:  
DG  
SDT_CPE5:  
DW  
SDT_CPE6:  
DG  
SDT_CPE7:  
DW  
SDT_CPE8:  
DW  
SDT_CPE9:  
DW  
SDT_CPEA:  
DB  
09D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
09D  
8159H  
2B1DH  
66FFH  
55E7H  
86DFH  
0600H  
034CH  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////PAL /////////////////  
SDT_CPP0:  
DB  
SDT_CPP1:  
DB  
SDT_CPP2:  
DW  
SDT_CPP3:  
21D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
07D  
9940H  
211  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
DG  
SDT_CPP5:  
DW  
SDT_CPP6:  
DG  
SDT_CPP7:  
DW  
SDT_CPP8:  
DW  
SDT_CPP9:  
DW  
SDT_CPPA:  
DB  
3315H  
66FFH  
652AH  
863FH  
0600H  
034CH  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;------------------------------  
REVIEW  
;------------------------------  
SDT__REV:  
DB  
;
10001001B  
00110000B  
; TMC0 COUNT:EN TM1:CLR TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10 CR12-TRG:  
; CTI11,CPT1:↑ ↓ EDGE  
DB  
DB  
00010001B  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP,PBCTL:EDGE  
; CFG:EDGE <-(01010001B)  
;/////SP /////////////////  
SDT_RVS0:  
DB  
SDT_RVS1:  
DB  
SDT_RVS2:  
DW  
SDT_RVS3:  
DG  
SDT_RVS5:  
DW  
SDT_RVS6:  
DG  
SDT_RVS7:  
DW  
SDT_RVS8:  
DW  
SDT_RVS9:  
DW  
SDT_RVSA:  
DB  
15D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
05D  
86CEH  
2CEFH  
66FFH  
59DFH  
8678H  
0600H  
0433H  
11H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////LP /////////////////  
SDT_RVL0:  
DB  
SDT_RVL1:  
DB  
SDT_RVL2:  
DW  
SDT_RVL3:  
DG  
SDT_RVL5:  
DW  
09D*2  
09D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
860DH  
2CAFH  
66FFH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
212  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_RVL6:  
DG  
SDT_RVL7:  
DW  
SDT_RVL8:  
DW  
SDT_RVL9:  
DW  
SDT_RVLA:  
DB  
7728H  
8595H  
0600H  
034CH  
12H  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP ///////////////  
SDT_RVE0:  
DB  
SDT_RVE1:  
DB  
SDT_RVE2:  
DW  
SDT_RVE3:  
DG  
SDT_RVE5:  
DW  
SDT_RVE6:  
DG  
SDT_RVE7:  
DW  
SDT_RVE8:  
DW  
SDT_RVE9:  
DW  
SDT_RVEA:  
DB  
09D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
09D  
84CFH  
2C45H  
66FFH  
588AH  
86DFH  
0600H  
034CH  
12H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////PAL ///////////////  
SDT_RVP0:  
DB  
SDT_RVP1:  
DB  
SDT_RVP2:  
DW  
SDT_RVP3:  
DG  
SDT_RVP5:  
DW  
SDT_RVP6:  
DG  
SDT_RVP7:  
DW  
SDT_RVP8:  
DW  
SDT_RVP9:  
DW  
SDT_RVPA:  
DB  
21D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
07D  
0A240H  
3615H  
66FFH  
6C2AH  
863FH  
0600H  
034CH  
12H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
213  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;------------------------------  
STILL  
;------------------------------  
SDT_STIL:  
DB  
;
; SP/LP/SLP/PAL PLAY  
10001001B  
00110000B  
; TMC0 COUNT:EN TM1:CLR TM0:CLR  
;%CPTM CPT0-TRG:TM1=CR10 CR12-TRG:  
; CTI11,CPT1:↑ ↓ EDGE  
DB  
DB  
00010001B  
;%INTM1 PBCTL:AN_AMP,PBCTL:EDGE  
; CFG:EDGE <-(01010001B)  
;/////SP /////////////////  
SDT_STS0:  
DB  
SDT_STS1:  
DB  
SDT_STS2:  
DW  
SDT_STS3:  
DG  
SDT_STS5:  
DW  
SDT_STS6:  
DG  
SDT_STS7:  
DW  
SDT_STS8:  
DW  
SDT_STS9:  
DW  
SDT_STSA:  
DB  
03D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8315H  
2BB1H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
8678H  
0600H  
0233H  
17H  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////LP /////////////////  
SDT_STL0:  
DB  
SDT_STL1:  
DB  
SDT_STL2:  
DW  
SDT_STL3:  
DG  
SDT_STL5:  
DW  
SDT_STL6:  
DG  
SDT_STL7:  
DW  
SDT_STL8:  
DW  
SDT_STL9:  
DW  
SDT_STLA:  
DB  
02D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
8265H  
2B91H  
66FFH  
73BDH  
8595H  
0540H  
0159H  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////SLP /////////////////  
SDT_STE0:  
DB  
01D  
; EDVC COUNT  
214  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
SDT_STE1:  
DB  
SDT_STE2:  
DW  
SDT_STE3:  
DG  
SDT_STE5:  
DW  
SDT_STE6:  
DG  
SDT_STE7:  
DW  
SDT_STE8:  
DW  
SDT_STE9:  
DW  
SDT_STEA:  
DB  
01H  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
8295H  
2BB7H  
66FFH  
56CEH  
86DFH  
0420H  
0119H  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
;/////PAL ///////////////  
SDT_STP0:  
DB  
SDT_STP1:  
DB  
SDT_STP2:  
DW  
SDT_STP3:  
DG  
SDT_STP5:  
DW  
SDT_STP6:  
DG  
SDT_STP7:  
DW  
SDT_STP8:  
DW  
SDT_STP9:  
DW  
SDT_STPA:  
DB  
03D  
; EDVC COUNT  
; MACRO COUNT  
; CR10  
01H  
9D00H  
3455H  
66FFH  
7BC1H  
863FH  
0600H  
0166H  
1DH  
; CPT2  
; DRUM BIAS  
; CPT3  
; CAPSTAN BIAS  
; LOOP GAIN  
; CAPSTAN KV/KP  
;%% CTL AMP GAIN  
$
EJECT  
SERVOSUB  
CSEG FIXED  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
SERVO DATA Setting SUB  
;
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
• TMC0 (Timer 0 Control register)  
• CPTM (Capture mode register)  
• INTM1 (External capture input mode register)  
• EDVC (Event divider control register)  
• CR12 Macro service counter  
• REF30Hz (CR10)  
• Drum speed target value (CPT2H)  
• Drum speed target value (CPT2L)  
215  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
• Drum bias adding value  
• Capstan speed target value (CPT3)  
• Capstan bias adding value  
• Loop gain  
• Clear filter  
• Clear capstan error amount  
;---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
YVTBL_00:;C  
;/////Interrupt control /////////  
DI  
; TO BE REFERRED AT SERVO RELATION CONTROL  
YVTBL_10:  
;///// Address setting /////////  
MOV  
AND  
A,RVSRVCD  
A,#0F0H  
; SERVO CODE LOW-ORDER MASK  
;%SET PLAY  
MOVG  
WHL,#SDT_PLAY  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVFFRW2Hrs  
$YVTBL_11  
; FF/REW(2Hrs)?  
; No  
MOVG  
WHL,#SDT_FR2Hrs  
;% Yes  
YVTBL_11:;B  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVFFRW6Hrs  
$YVTBL_12  
; FF/REW(6Hrs)?  
; No  
MOVG  
WHL,#SDT_FR6Hrs  
:% Yes  
YVTBL_12:;B  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVFFRWX3  
$YVTBL_13  
; FF/REW(2Hrs*3)?  
; No  
MOVG  
WHL,#SDT_FRX3  
;% Yes  
YVTBL_13:;B  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVFFREW  
$YVTBL_14  
; FF/REW?  
; No  
MOVG  
WHL,#SDT_FFRW  
;% Yes  
YVTBL_14:;B  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVCUE  
$YVTBL_15  
; CUE?  
; No  
MOVG  
WHL,#SDT__CUE  
;% Yes  
YVTBL_15:;B  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVREV  
$YVTBL_16  
; REVIEW?  
; No  
MOVG  
WHL,#SDT__REV  
;% Yes  
YVTBL_16:;B  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVSTILL  
$YVTBL_17  
; STILL?  
; No  
MOVG  
WHL,#SDT_STIL  
;% Yes  
YVTBL_17:;B  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVRVS  
$YVTBL_18  
; RVS PLAY?  
; No  
216  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
MOVG  
YVTBL_18:;B  
WHL_#SDT_RVS  
;% Yes  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVCUPL  
$YVTBL_19  
: CUE PLAY?  
; No PLAY  
MOVG  
WHL,#SDT_CUPL  
;% Yes  
YVTBL_19:;B  
CMP  
BNE  
A,#CVFR6HVD  
$YVTBL_20  
; 6Hrs PLAY VD OUT ?  
; No PLAY  
MOVG  
WHL,#SDT_6HVD  
;% Yes  
YVTBL_20:  
;/////TMC0 Read /////  
MOV  
MOV  
A,[HL+]  
TMC0,A  
YVTBL_30:  
;/////CPTM Read /////  
MOV  
MOV  
A,[HL+]  
CPTM,A  
YVTBL_40:  
;/////INTM1 Read /////  
MOV  
MOV  
A,[HL+]  
INTM1,A  
YVTBL_50:  
;/////Address adjustment /////////  
MOV  
AND  
A,RVFSRV_2  
A,#00000011B  
;
; Read running mode  
MOVW  
BC,#00H  
; Set address adding value (SP)  
CMP  
A,#CVLP  
; LP?  
BNE  
$YVTBL_51  
; No  
MOVW  
BC,#SDT_PLL0-SDT_PLS0  
;% Yes (Number of table byte x 1)  
YVTBL_51:;B  
CMP  
A,#CVSLP  
; SLP?  
BNE  
$YVTBL_52  
; No  
MOVW  
BC,#SDT_PLE0-SDT_PLS0  
;% Yes (Number of table byte x 2)  
YVTBL_52:;B  
CMP  
A,#CVPAL  
; PAL?  
BNE  
$YVTBL_53  
; No  
MOVW  
BC,#SDT_PLP0-SDT_PLS0  
;% Yes (Number of table byte x 3)  
YVTBL_53:;B  
MOVW  
MOV  
ADDG  
DE,BC  
T,#0  
WHL,TDE  
;% Address adding  
;%  
;%  
217  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
YVTBL_60:;B  
;/////EDVC /////////////  
MOV  
DEC  
MOV  
A,[HL+]  
A
EDVC,A  
; ;ADD%%  
YVTBL_70:  
;/////CR12 /////////////  
MOV  
MOV  
MOV  
A,[HL+]  
RVMCCR12,A  
RVCRAM,A  
YVTBL_80:  
;/////CR10 /////////////  
MOVW  
MOVW  
CALL  
AX,[HL+]  
; WRITE INTO CR10 IS PERFORMED IN  
; INTCR10 ROUTINE.  
; (TM1 MAY OVERFLOW DEPENDING ON WRITE  
; TIMING!)  
RVBCR10,AX  
!YPGADCHG  
; SET PG VALUE  
YVTBL_90:  
;/////CPT2 ///////////  
MOVG  
MOVG  
MOVG  
MOVG  
TDE,WHL  
WHL,[TDE+]  
RVDFRF,WHL  
WHL,TDE  
YVTBL_B0:  
;/////D-BIAS /////////  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,[HL+]  
RVDBAS,AX  
YVTBL_C0:  
;/////CPT3 /////////////  
MOVG  
MOVG  
MOVG  
MOVG  
TDE,WHL  
WHL,[TDE+]  
RVCFRF,WHL  
WHL,TDE  
YVTBL_D0:  
;/////C-BIAS /////////  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,[HL+]  
RVCBAS,AX  
YVTBL_E0:  
;/////C-GAIN ADJUSTMENT /////  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,[HL+]  
RVC_Kmp,AX  
218  
CHAPTER 8 PROGRAM LIST  
YVTBL_F0:  
;///// C-Kv/Kp ///////  
MOVW  
MOVW  
AX,[HL+]  
RVC_Kvp,AX  
;
YVTBL_F1:  
;/////PB_CTL gain ///////  
MOV  
MOV  
A,[HL]  
CTLM,A  
;
;
YVTBL_G0:  
=
;/////Clear filter /////  
; CAPSTAN SPEED/PHASE  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERCMX,#0  
;
;
;
;
RVERCMX_1,#0  
RVERCMX_bY,#0  
RVERCMX_bY+2,#0  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERCP,#0  
; CAPSTAN PHASE FILTER  
RVERCP_1,#0  
RVERCP_bY,#0  
RVERCP_bY+2,#0  
;
;
;
YVTBL_H0:  
;/////Clear C-Error ///////  
MOVW  
MOVW  
RVERCP_Y,#0  
RVERCMX_Y+2,#0  
; CAPSTAN PHASE ERROR  
; CAPSTAN SPEED ERROR  
YVTBL_I0:  
;/////Interrupt control /////////  
EI  
RET  
END  
219  
[MEMO]  
220  
APPENDIX REVISION HISTORY  
The history of revisions hitherto made is shown as follows.  
Edition  
Second  
Revisions  
Chapter  
Throughout  
Addition of µPD784915A  
Addition of related document number  
The following figures are changed.  
Introduction  
CHAPTER 3  
• Figure 3-4 Use of Event Counter (EC) is corrected.  
EXAMPLES OF  
• Figure 3-5 Event Counter (EC) Operation Timing is corrected.  
• Figure 3-6 Use of Timer 0 is corrected.  
STATIONARY TYPE  
VCR SERVO CONTROL  
• Figure 3-7 Head Switching Signal (V-HSW) Timing (PTO00) is corrected.  
• Figure 3-19 Timer 1 Peripheral Circuit is corrected.  
• Figure 3-27 Use of Timer for Drum Phase Control (for recording) is corrected.  
• Figure 3-28 Drum Phase Control Timing (for recording) is corrected.  
Third  
The µPD784928, 784928Y Subseries and the µPD784915B, 784916B are added. Throughout  
Document numbers of related documents are added or corrected.  
Introduction  
CHAPTER 1 OUTLINE OF NEC VCR SERVO MICROCONTROLLER  
CHAPTER 1  
PRODUCTS is added.  
OUTLINE OF NEC  
VCR SERVO  
MICROCONTROLLER  
PRODUCTS  
Table 2-1 Differences among µPD784915 Subseries Products is added.  
CHAPTER 3 OUTLINE OF µPD784928, 784928Y SUBSERIES is added.  
CHAPTER 2  
OUTLINE OF  
µPD784915 SUBSERIES  
CHAPTER 3  
OUTLINE OF  
µPD784928, 784928Y  
SUBSERIES  
221  
[MEMO]  
222  
AlthoughNEChastakenallpossiblesteps  
toensurethatthedocumentationsupplied  
to our customers is complete, bug free  
and up-to-date, we readily accept that  
errorsmayoccur. Despiteallthecareand  
precautions we've taken, you may  
encounterproblemsinthedocumentation.  
Please complete this form whenever  
you'd like to report errors or suggest  
improvements to us.  
Facsimile Message  
From:  
Name  
Company  
Tel.  
FAX  
Address  
Thank you for your kind support.  
North America  
Hong Kong, Philippines, Oceania  
NEC Electronics Hong Kong Ltd.  
Fax: +852-2886-9022/9044  
Asian Nations except Philippines  
NEC Electronics Singapore Pte. Ltd.  
Fax: +65-250-3583  
NEC Electronics Inc.  
Corporate Communications Dept.  
Fax: 1-800-729-9288  
1-408-588-6130  
Korea  
Japan  
NEC Corporation  
Semiconductor Solution Engineering Division  
Technical Information Support Dept.  
Fax: 044-548-7900  
Europe  
NEC Electronics Hong Kong Ltd.  
Seoul Branch  
Fax: 02-528-4411  
NEC Electronics (Europe) GmbH  
Technical Documentation Dept.  
Fax: +49-211-6503-274  
South America  
Taiwan  
NEC do Brasil S.A.  
Fax: +55-11-6465-6829  
NEC Electronics Taiwan Ltd.  
Fax: 02-719-5951  
I would like to report the following error/make the following suggestion:  
Document title:  
Document number:  
Page number:  
If possible, please fax the referenced page or drawing.  
Document Rating  
Clarity  
Excellent  
Good  
Acceptable  
Poor  
Technical Accuracy  
Organization  
CS 97.8  

相关型号:

UPD78F4928Y

78K/IV Series Instructions | User's Manual[03/2001]
ETC

UPD78F4937

16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCONTROLLER
NEC

UPD78F4937GC-8EU

16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCONTROLLER
NEC

UPD78F4937GF-3BA

16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCONTROLLER
NEC

UPD78F4938

16-Bit Single-Chip Microcontrollers
NEC

UPD78F4938A

16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCONTROLLER
NEC
RENESAS

UPD78F4938AGF-3BA

16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCONTROLLER
NEC

UPD78F4938GF-3BA

16-Bit Single-Chip Microcontrollers
NEC

UPD78F4976AGF-3BA

UPD78F4976AGF-3BA
RENESAS

UPD78F4976AGF-3BA-A

Microcontroller, 16-Bit, FLASH, 12.5MHz, CMOS, PQFP100, 14 X 20 MM, LEAD FREE, PLASTIC, QFP-100
RENESAS
RENESAS